Surah 004 of 114

سورة النساء

An-Nisaa

176 verses · tap any ayah to deep-dive

Ayat 1

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ ٱتَّقُوا۟ رَبَّكُمُ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُم مِّن نَّفْسٍۢ وَٰحِدَةٍۢ وَخَلَقَ مِنْهَا زَوْجَهَا وَبَثَّ مِنْهُمَا رِجَالًۭا كَثِيرًۭا وَنِسَآءًۭ ۚ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ٱلَّذِى تَسَآءَلُونَ بِهِۦ وَٱلْأَرْحَامَ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلَيْكُمْ رَقِيبًۭا.(1)

O mankind, fear your Lord, who created you from one soul and created from it its mate and dispersed from both of them many men and women. And fear Allāh, through whom1 you ask one another,2 and the wombs.3 Indeed Allāh is ever,4 over you, an Observer.5 [An-Nisaa: 1]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 1

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O mankind, fear your Lord, who created you from one soul and created from it its mate and dispersed from both of them many men and women. And fear Allāh, through whom1 you ask one another,2 and the wombs.3 Indeed Allāh is ever,4 over you, an Observer.5

Transliteration

Ayah 1

Ya ayyuha alnnasu ittaqoo rabbakumu allathee khalaqakum min nafsin wahidatin wakhalaqa minha zawjaha wabaththa minhuma rijalan katheeran wanisaan waittaqoo Allaha allathee tasaaloona bihi waalarhama inna Allaha kana AAalaykum raqeeban

Word-by-word

Ayah 1

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O
2 النَّاسُ alnnasu mankind! ن و س
3 اتَّقُواْ ittaqoo Fear و ق ي
4 رَبَّكُمُ rabbakumu your Lord ر ب ب
5 الَّذِى allathee the One Who
6 خَلَقَكُم khalaqakum created you خ ل ق
7 مِّن min from
8 نَّفْسٍ nafsin a soul ن ف س
9 وَاحِدَةٍ wahidatin single و ح د
10 وَخَلَقَ wakhalaqa and created خ ل ق
11 مِنْهَا minha from it
12 زَوْجَهَا zawjaha its mate ز و ج
13 وَبَثَّ wabaththa and dispersed ب ث ث
14 مِنْهُمَا minhuma from both of them
15 رِجَالًا rijalan men ر ج ل
16 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
17 وَنِسَآءً wanisaan and women ن س و
18 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo And fear و ق ي
19 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
20 الَّذِى allathee (through) Whom
21 تَسَآءَلُونَ tasaaloona you ask س أ ل
22 بِهِۦ bihi [with it]
23 وَالْأَرْحَامَ waalarhama and the wombs ر ح م
24 إِنَّ inna Indeed
25 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
26 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
27 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum over you
28 رَقِيبًا raqeeban Ever-Watchful ر ق ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 2

وَآتُوا وَٱلْيَتَـٰمَىٰ أَمْوَالَهُمْ ۖ وَلَا تَتَبَدَّلُوا الْخَبِيثَ بِالطَّيِّبِ ۖ وَلَا تَأْكُلُوا أَمْوَالَهُمْ إِلَىٰ أَمْوَالِكُمْ ۚ إِنَّهُ كَانَ حُوبًا كَبِيرًا(2)

And give to the orphans their properties and do not substitute the defective [of your own] for the good [of theirs]. And do not consume their properties into your own. Indeed, that is ever a great sin. [An-Nisaa: 2]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 2

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And give to the orphans their properties and do not substitute the defective [of your own] for the good [of theirs]. And do not consume their properties into your own. Indeed, that is ever a great sin.

Transliteration

Ayah 2

Waatoo alyatama amwalahum wala tatabaddaloo alkhabeetha bialttayyibi wala takuloo amwalahum ila amwalikum innahu kana hooban kabeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 2

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَآتُواْ Waatoo And give أ ت ي
2 الْيَتَامَىٰٓ alyatama (to) the orphans ي ت م
3 أَمْوَالَهُمْ amwalahum their wealth م و ل
4 وَلَا wala and (do) not
5 تَتَبَدَّلُواْ tatabaddaloo exchange ب د ل
6 الْخَبِيثَ alkhabeetha the bad خ ب ث
7 بِالطَّيِّبِ bialttayyibi with the good ط ي ب
8 وَلَا wala and (do) not
9 تَأْكُلُواْ takuloo consume أ ك ل
10 أَمْوَالَهُمْ amwalahum their wealth م و ل
11 إِلَىٰٓ ila with
12 أَمْوَالِكُمْ amwalikum your wealth م و ل
13 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed it
14 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
15 حُوبًا hooban a sin ح و ب
16 كَبِيرًا kabeeran great ك ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 3

وَإِنْ خِفْتُمْ أَلَّا تُقْسِطُوا۟ فِى ٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ فَٱنكِحُوا۟ مَا طَابَ لَكُم مِّنَ ٱلنِّسَآءِ مَثْنَىٰ وَثُلَٰثَ وَرُبَٰعَ ۖ فَإِنْ خِفْتُمْ أَلَّا تَعْدِلُوا۟ فَوَٰحِدَةً أَوْ مَا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَٰنُكُمْ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ أَدْنَىٰٓ أَلَّا تَعُولُوا۟.(3)

And if you fear that you will not deal justly with the orphan girls, then marry those that please you of [other] women, two or three or four. But if you fear that you will not be just, then [marry only] one or those your right hands possess [i.e., slaves]. That is more suitable that you may not incline [to injustice]. [An-Nisaa: 3]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 3

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if you fear that you will not deal justly with the orphan girls, then marry those that please you of [other] women, two or three or four. But if you fear that you will not be just, then [marry only] one or those your right hands possess [i.e., slaves]. That is more suitable that you may not incline [to injustice].

Transliteration

Ayah 3

Wain khiftum alla tuqsitoo fee alyatama fainkihoo ma taba lakum mina alnnisai mathna wathulatha warubaAAa fain khiftum alla taAAdiloo fawahidatan aw ma malakat aymanukum thalika adna alla taAAooloo

Word-by-word

Ayah 3

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِنْ Wain And if
2 خِفْتُمْ khiftum you fear خ و ف
3 أَلَّا alla that not
4 تُقْسِطُواْ tuqsitoo you will be able to do justice ق س ط
5 فِى fee in
6 الْيَتَامَىٰ alyatama the orphans ي ت م
7 فَانكِحُواْ fainkihoo then marry ن ك ح
8 مَا ma what
9 طَابَ taba seems suitable ط ي ب
10 لَكُم lakum to you
11 مِّنَ mina from
12 النِّسَآءِ alnnisai the women ن س و
13 مَثْنَىٰ mathna two ث ن ي
14 وَثُلَاثَ wathulatha or three ث ل ث
15 وَرُبَاعَ warubaAAa or four ر ب ع
16 فَإِنْ fain But if
17 خِفْتُمْ khiftum you fear خ و ف
18 أَلَّا alla that not
19 تَعْدِلُواْ taAAdiloo you can do justice ع د ل
20 فَوَاحِدَةً fawahidatan then (marry) one و ح د
21 أَوْ aw or
22 مَا ma what
23 مَلَكَتْ malakat possesses م ل ك
24 أَيْمَانُكُمْ aymanukum your right hand ي م ن
25 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That
26 أَدْنَىٰ adna (is) more appropriate د ن و
27 أَلَّا alla that (may) not
28 تَعُولُواْ taAAooloo you oppress ع و ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 4

وَءَاتُوا۟ ٱلنِّسَآءَ صَدُقَٰتِهِنَّ نِحْلَةًۭ ۚ فَإِن طِبْنَ لَكُمْ عَن شَىْءٍۢ مِّنْهُ نَفْسًۭا فَكُلُوهُ هَنِيٓـًۭٔا مَّرِيٓـًۭٔا.(4)

And give the women [upon marriage] their [bridal] gifts1 graciously. But if they give up willingly to you anything of it, then take it in satisfaction and ease.2 [An-Nisaa: 4]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 4

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And give the women [upon marriage] their [bridal] gifts1 graciously. But if they give up willingly to you anything of it, then take it in satisfaction and ease.2

Transliteration

Ayah 4

Waatoo alnnisaa saduqatihinna nihlatan fain tibna lakum AAan shayin minhu nafsan fakuloohu haneean mareean

Word-by-word

Ayah 4

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَآتُواْ Waatoo And give أ ت ي
2 النِّسَآءَ alnnisaa the women ن س و
3 صَدُقَاتِهِنَّ saduqatihinna their dower ص د ق
4 نِحْلَةً nihlatan graciously ن ح ل
5 فَإِن fain But if
6 طِبْنَ tibna they remit ط ي ب
7 لَكُمْ lakum to you
8 عَن AAan of
9 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
10 مِّنْهُ minhu of it
11 نَفْسًا nafsan (on their) own ن ف س
12 فَكُلُوهُ fakuloohu then eat it أ ك ل
13 هَنِيئًا haneean (in) satisfaction ه ن أ
14 مَّرِيئًا mareean (and) ease م ر أ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 5

وَلَا تُؤْتُوا۟ ٱلسُّفَهَآءَ أَمْوَٰلَكُمُ ٱلَّتِى جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ قِيَٰمًۭا وَٱرْزُقُوهُمْ فِيهَا وَٱكْسُوهُمْ وَقُولُوا۟ لَهُمْ قَوْلًۭا مَّعْرُوفًۭا.(5)

And do not give the weak-minded your property,1 which Allāh has made a means of sustenance for you, but provide for them with it and clothe them and speak to them words of appropriate kindness. [An-Nisaa: 5]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 5

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not give the weak-minded your property,1 which Allāh has made a means of sustenance for you, but provide for them with it and clothe them and speak to them words of appropriate kindness.

Transliteration

Ayah 5

Wala tutoo alssufahaa amwalakumu allatee jaAAala Allahu lakum qiyaman waorzuqoohum feeha waoksoohum waqooloo lahum qawlan maAAroofan

Word-by-word

Ayah 5

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تُؤْتُواْ tutoo give أ ت ي
3 السُّفَهَآءَ alssufahaa the foolish س ف ه
4 أَمْوَالَكُمُ amwalakumu your wealth م و ل
5 الَّتِى allatee which
6 جَعَلَ jaAAala (was) made ج ع ل
7 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
8 لَكُمْ lakum for you
9 قِيَاماً qiyaman a means of support ق و م
10 وَارْزُقُوهُمْ waorzuqoohum (but) provide (for) them ر ز ق
11 فِيهَا feeha with it
12 وَاكْسُوهُمْ waoksoohum and clothe them ك س و
13 وَقُولُواْ waqooloo and speak ق و ل
14 لَهُمْ lahum to them
15 قَوْلًا qawlan words ق و ل
16 مَّعْرُوفًا maAAroofan (of) kindness ع ر ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 6

وَٱبْتَلُوا۟ ٱلْيَتَـٰمَىٰ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا بَلَغُوا۟ ٱلنِّكَاحَ فَإِنْ ءَانَسْتُم مِّنْهُمْ رُشْدًا فَٱدْفَعُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِمْ أَمْوَٰلَهُمْ ۖ وَلَا تَأْكُلُوهَآ إِسْرَافًا وَبِدَارًا أَن يَكْبَرُوا۟ ۚ وَمَن كَانَ غَنِيًّا فَلْيَسْتَعْفِفْ ۖ وَمَن كَانَ فَقِيرًا فَلْيَأْكُلْ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ ۚ فَإِذَا دَفَعْتُمْ إِلَيْهِمْ أَمْوَٰلَهُمْ فَأَشْهِدُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّـهِ حَسِيبًا(6)

And test the orphans [in their abilities] until they reach marriageable age. Then if you perceive in them sound judgement, release their property to them. And do not consume it excessively and quickly, [anticipating] that they will grow up. And whoever, [when acting as guardian], is self-sufficient should refrain [from taking a fee]; and whoever is poor - let him take according to what is acceptable. Then when you release their property to them, bring witnesses upon them. And sufficient is Allāh as Accountant. [An-Nisaa: 6]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 6

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And test the orphans [in their abilities] until they reach marriageable age. Then if you perceive in them sound judgement, release their property to them. And do not consume it excessively and quickly, [anticipating] that they will grow up. And whoever, [when acting as guardian], is self-sufficient should refrain [from taking a fee]; and whoever is poor - let him take according to what is acceptable. Then when you release their property to them, bring witnesses upon them. And sufficient is Allāh as Accountant.

Transliteration

Ayah 6

Waibtaloo alyatama hatta itha balaghoo alnnikaha fain anastum minhum rushdan faidfaAAoo ilayhim amwalahum wala takulooha israfan wabidaran an yakbaroo waman kana ghaniyyan falyastaAAfif waman kana faqeeran falyakul bialmaAAroofi faitha dafaAAtum ilayhim amwalahum faashhidoo AAalayhim wakafa biAllahi haseeban

Word-by-word

Ayah 6

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَابْتَلُواْ Waibtaloo And test ب ل و
2 الْيَتَامَىٰ alyatama the orphans ي ت م
3 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta until
4 إِذَا itha [when]
5 بَلَغُواْ balaghoo they reach[ed] ب ل غ
6 النِّكَاحَ alnnikaha (the age of) marriage ن ك ح
7 فَإِنْ fain then if
8 اٰنَسْتُم anastum you perceive أ ن س
9 مِّنْهُمْ minhum in them
10 رُشْدًا rushdan sound judgement ر ش د
11 فَادْفَعُوٓاْ faidfaAAoo then deliver د ف ع
12 إِلَيْهِمْ ilayhim to them
13 أَمْوَالَهُمْ amwalahum their wealth م و ل
14 وَلَا wala And (do) not
15 تَأْكُلُوهَا takulooha eat it أ ك ل
16 إِسْرَافًا israfan extravagantly س ر ف
17 وَبِدَارًا wabidaran and hastily ب د ر
18 أَن an (fearing) that
19 يَكْبَرُواْ yakbaroo they will grow up ك ب ر
20 وَمَن waman And whoever
21 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
22 غَنِيًّا ghaniyyan rich غ ن ي
23 فَلْيَسْتَعْفِفْ falyastaAAfif then he should refrain ع ف ف
24 وَمَن waman and whoever
25 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
26 فَقِيرًا faqeeran poor ف ق ر
27 فَلْيَأْكُلْ falyakul then let him eat (of it) أ ك ل
28 بِالْمَعْرُوفِ bialmaAAroofi in a fair manner ع ر ف
29 فَإِذَا faitha Then when
30 دَفَعْتُمْ dafaAAtum you deliver د ف ع
31 إِلَيْهِمْ ilayhim to them
32 أَمْوَالَهُمْ amwalahum their wealth م و ل
33 فَأَشْهِدُواْ faashhidoo then take witnesses ش ه د
34 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim on them
35 وَكَفَىٰ wakafa And is sufficient ك ف ي
36 بِاللهِ biAllahi Allah أ ل ه
37 حَسِيبًا haseeban (as) a Reckoner ح س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 7

لِّلرِّجَالِ نَصِيبٌۭ مِّمَّا تَرَكَ ٱلْوَٰلِدَانِ وَٱلْأَقْرَبُونَ وَلِلنِّسَآءِ نَصِيبٌۭ مِّمَّا تَرَكَ ٱلْوَٰلِدَانِ وَٱلْأَقْرَبُونَ مِمَّا قَلَّ مِنْهُ أَوْ كَثُرَ ۚ نَصِيبًۭا مَّفْرُوضًۭا.(7)

For men is a share of what the parents and close relatives leave, and for women is a share of what the parents and close relatives leave, be it little or much - an obligatory share. [An-Nisaa: 7]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 7

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

For men is a share of what the parents and close relatives leave, and for women is a share of what the parents and close relatives leave, be it little or much - an obligatory share.

Transliteration

Ayah 7

Lilrrijali naseebun mimma taraka alwalidani waalaqraboona walilnnisai naseebun mimma taraka alwalidani waalaqraboona mimma qalla minhu aw kathura naseeban mafroodan

Word-by-word

Ayah 7

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لِّلرِّجَالِ Lilrrijali For the men ر ج ل
2 نَصيِبٌ naseebun a portion ن ص ب
3 مِّمَّا mimma of what
4 تَرَكَ taraka (is) left ت ر ك
5 الْوَالِدَانِ alwalidani (by) the parents و ل د
6 وَالْأَقْرَبُونَ waalaqraboona and the near relatives ق ر ب
7 وَلِلنِّسَآءِ walilnnisai and for the women ن س و
8 نَصِيبٌ naseebun a portion ن ص ب
9 مِّمَّا mimma of what
10 تَرَكَ taraka (is) left ت ر ك
11 الْوَالِدَانِ alwalidani (by) parents و ل د
12 وَالْأَقْرَبُونَ waalaqraboona and the near relatives ق ر ب
13 مِمَّا mimma of what
14 قَلَّ qalla (is) little ق ل ل
15 مِنْهُ minhu of it
16 أَوْ aw or
17 كَثُرَ kathura much ك ث ر
18 نَصِيبًا naseeban a portion ن ص ب
19 مَّفْرُوضًا mafroodan obligatory ف ر ض

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 8

وَإِذَا حَضَرَ ٱلْقِسْمَةَ أُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ وَٱلْمَسَٰكِينُ فَٱرْزُقُوهُم مِّنْهُ وَقُولُوا۟ لَهُمْ قَوْلًۭا مَّعْرُوفًۭا.(8)

And when [other] relatives and orphans and the needy are present at the [time of] division, then provide for them [something] out of it [i.e., the estate] and speak to them words of appropriate kindness. [An-Nisaa: 8]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 8

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when [other] relatives and orphans and the needy are present at the [time of] division, then provide for them [something] out of it [i.e., the estate] and speak to them words of appropriate kindness.

Transliteration

Ayah 8

Waitha hadara alqismata oloo alqurba waalyatama waalmasakeenu faorzuqoohum minhu waqooloo lahum qawlan maAAroofan

Word-by-word

Ayah 8

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 حَضَرَ hadara present ح ض ر
3 الْقِسْمَةَ alqismata (at) the (time of) division ق س م
4 أُوْلُواْ oloo (of) أ و ل
5 الْقُرْبَىٰ alqurba the relatives ق ر ب
6 وَالْيَتَامَىٰ waalyatama and the orphans ي ت م
7 وَالْمَسَاكِينُ waalmasakeenu and the poor س ك ن
8 فَارْزُقُوهُم faorzuqoohum then provide them ر ز ق
9 مِّنْهُ minhu from it
10 وَقُولُواْ waqooloo and speak ق و ل
11 لَهُمْ lahum to them
12 قَوْلًا qawlan words ق و ل
13 مَّعْرُوفًا maAAroofan (of) kindness ع ر ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 9

وَلْيَخْشَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَوْ تَرَكُوا۟ مِنْ خَلْفِهِمْ ذُرِّيَّةًۭ ضِعَٰفًا خَافُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ فَلْيَتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَلْيَقُولُوا۟ قَوْلًۭا سَدِيدًا.(9)

And let those [executors and guardians] fear [injustice] as if they [themselves] had left weak offspring behind and feared for them. So let them fear Allāh and speak words of appropriate justice. [An-Nisaa: 9]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 9

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And let those [executors and guardians] fear [injustice] as if they [themselves] had left weak offspring behind and feared for them. So let them fear Allāh and speak words of appropriate justice.

Transliteration

Ayah 9

Walyakhsha allatheena law tarakoo min khalfihim thurriyyatan diAAafan khafoo AAalayhim falyattaqoo Allaha walyaqooloo qawlan sadeedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 9

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلْيَخْشَ Walyakhsha And let fear خ ش ي
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 لَوْ law if
4 تَرَكُواْ tarakoo they left ت ر ك
5 مِنْ min from
6 خَلْفِهِمْ khalfihim behind خ ل ف
7 ذُرِّيَّةً thurriyyatan offspring ذ ر ر
8 ضِعَافًا diAAafan weak ض ع ف
9 خَافُواْ khafoo (and) they would have feared خ و ف
10 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim about them
11 فَلْيَتَّقُوا falyattaqoo So let them fear و ق ي
12 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
13 وَلْيَقُولُواْ walyaqooloo and let them speak ق و ل
14 قَوْلًا qawlan words ق و ل
15 سَدِيدًا sadeedan appropriate س د د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 10

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَأْكُلُونَ أَمْوَٰلَ ٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ ظُلْمًا إِنَّمَا يَأْكُلُونَ فِى بُطُونِهِمْ نَارًۭا ۖ وَسَيَصْلَوْنَ سَعِيرًۭا.(10)

Indeed, those who devour the property of orphans unjustly are only consuming into their bellies fire. And they will be burned in a Blaze [i.e., Hellfire]. [An-Nisaa: 10]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 10

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who devour the property of orphans unjustly are only consuming into their bellies fire. And they will be burned in a Blaze [i.e., Hellfire].

Transliteration

Ayah 10

Inna allatheena yakuloona amwala alyatama thulman innama yakuloona fee butoonihim naran wasayaslawna saAAeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 10

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 يَأْكُلُونَ yakuloona consume أ ك ل
4 أَمْوَالَ amwala wealth م و ل
5 الْيَتَامَىٰ alyatama (of) the orphans ي ت م
6 ظُلْمًا thulman wrongfully ظ ل م
7 إِنَّمَا innama only
8 يَأْكُلُونَ yakuloona they consume أ ك ل
9 فِى fee in
10 بُطُونِهِمْ butoonihim their bellies ب ط ن
11 نَارًا naran fire ن و ر
12 وَسَيَصْلَوْنَ wasayaslawna and they will be burned ص ل ي
13 سَعِيرًا saAAeeran (in) a Blazing Fire س ع ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 11

يُوصِيكُمُ ٱللَّهُ فِىٓ أَوْلَٰدِكُمْ ۖ لِلذَّكَرِ مِثْلُ حَظِّ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ ۚ فَإِن كُنَّ نِسَآءًۭ فَوْقَ ٱثْنَتَيْنِ فَلَهُنَّ ثُلُثَا مَا تَرَكَ ۖ وَإِن كَانَتْ وَٰحِدَةًۭ فَلَهَا ٱلنِّصْفُ ۚ وَلِأَبَوَيْهِ لِكُلِّ وَٰحِدٍۢ مِّنْهُمَا ٱلسُّدُسُ مِمَّا تَرَكَ إِن كَانَ لَهُۥ وَلَدٌۭ ۚ فَإِن لَّمْ يَكُن لَّهُۥ وَلَدٌۭ وَوَرِثَهُۥٓ أَبَوَاهُ فَلِأُمِّهِ ٱلثُّلُثُ ۚ فَإِن كَانَ لَهُۥٓ إِخْوَةٌۭ فَلِأُمِّهِ ٱلسُّدُسُ ۚ مِنۢ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍۢ يُوصِى بِهَآ أَوْ دَيْنٍ ۗ ءَابَآؤُكُمْ وَأَبْنَآؤُكُمْ لَا تَدْرُونَ أَيُّهُمْ أَقْرَبُ لَكُمْ نَفْعًۭا ۚ فَرِيضَةًۭ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًۭا.(11)

Allāh instructs you concerning your children [i.e., their portions of inheritance]: for the male, what is equal to the share of two females. But if there are [only] daughters, two or more, for them is two thirds of one's estate.1 And if there is only one, for her is half. And for one's parents, to each one of them is a sixth of his estate if he left children. But if he had no children and the parents [alone] inherit from him, then for his mother is one third. And if he had brothers [and/or sisters], for his mother is a sixth,2 after any bequest he [may have] made or debt.3 Your parents or your children - you know not which of them are nearest to you in benefit. [These shares are] an obligation [imposed] by Allāh. Indeed, Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 11]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 11

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh instructs you concerning your children [i.e., their portions of inheritance]: for the male, what is equal to the share of two females. But if there are [only] daughters, two or more, for them is two thirds of one's estate.1 And if there is only one, for her is half. And for one's parents, to each one of them is a sixth of his estate if he left children. But if he had no children and the parents [alone] inherit from him, then for his mother is one third. And if he had brothers [and/or sisters], for his mother is a sixth,2 after any bequest he [may have] made or debt.3 Your parents or your children - you know not which of them are nearest to you in benefit. [These shares are] an obligation [imposed] by Allāh. Indeed, Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 11

Yooseekumu Allahu fee awladikum lilththakari mithlu haththi alonthayayni fain kunna nisaan fawqa ithnatayni falahunna thulutha ma taraka wain kanat wahidatan falaha alnnisfu waliabawayhi likulli wahidin minhuma alssudusu mimma taraka in kana lahu waladun fain lam yakun lahu waladun wawarithahu abawahu faliommihi alththuluthu fain kana lahu ikhwatun faliommihi alssudusu min baAAdi wasiyyatin yoosee biha aw daynin abaokum waabnaokum la tadroona ayyuhum aqrabu lakum nafAAan fareedatan mina Allahi inna Allaha kana AAaleeman hakeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 11

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يُوصِيكُمُ Yooseekumu Instructs you و ص ي
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 فِىٓ fee concerning
4 أَوْلَادِكُمْ awladikum your children و ل د
5 لِلذَّكَرِ lilththakari for the male ذ ك ر
6 مِثْلُ mithlu like م ث ل
7 حَظِّ haththi (the) portion ح ظ ظ
8 الْأُنثَيَيْنِ alonthayayni (of) two females أ ن ث
9 فَإِن fain But if
10 كُنَّ kunna there are ك و ن
11 نِسَآءً nisaan (only) women ن س و
12 فَوْقَ fawqa more (than) ف و ق
13 اثْنَتَيْنِ ithnatayni two ث ن ي
14 فَلَهُنَّ falahunna then for them
15 ثُلُثَا thulutha two thirds ث ل ث
16 مَا ma (of) what
17 تَرَكَ taraka he left ت ر ك
18 وَإِن wain And if
19 كَانَتْ kanat (there) is ك و ن
20 وَاحِدَةً wahidatan (only) one و ح د
21 فَلَهَا falaha then for her
22 النِّصْفُ alnnisfu (is) half ن ص ف
23 وَلِأَبَوَيْهِ waliabawayhi And for his parents أ ب و
24 لِكُلِّ likulli for each ك ل ل
25 وَاحِدٍ wahidin one و ح د
26 مِّنْهُمَا minhuma of them
27 السُّدُسُ alssudusu a sixth س د س
28 مِمَّا mimma of what
29 تَرَكَ taraka (is) left ت ر ك
30 إِن in if
31 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
32 لَهُۥ lahu for him
33 وَلَدٌ waladun a child و ل د
34 فَإِن fain But if
35 لَّمْ lam not
36 يَكُن yakun is ك و ن
37 لَّهُۥ lahu for him
38 وَلَدٌ waladun any child و ل د
39 وَوَرِثَهُ wawarithahu and inherit[ed] him و ر ث
40 أَبَوَاهُ abawahu his parents أ ب و
41 فَلِأُمِّهِ faliommihi then for his mother أ م م
42 الثُّلُثُ alththuluthu (is) one third ث ل ث
43 فَإِن fain And if
44 كَانَ kana are ك و ن
45 لَهُۥٓ lahu for him
46 إِخْوَةٌ ikhwatun brothers and sisters أ خ و
47 فَلِأُمِّهِ faliommihi then for his mother أ م م
48 السُّدُسُ alssudusu (is) the sixth س د س
49 مِن min from
50 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
51 وَصِيَّةٍ wasiyyatin any will و ص ي
52 يُوصِى yoosee he has made و ص ي
53 بِهَآ biha [of which]
54 أَوْ aw or
55 دَيْنٍ daynin any debt د ي ن
56 اٰبَآؤُكُمْ abaokum Your parents أ ب و
57 وَأَبْنَآؤُكُمْ waabnaokum and your children ب ن ي
58 لَا la not
59 تَدْرُونَ tadroona you know د ر ي
60 أَيُّهُمْ ayyuhum which of them?
61 أَقْرَبُ aqrabu (is) nearer ق ر ب
62 لَكُمْ lakum to you
63 نَفْعاً nafAAan (in) benefit ن ف ع
64 فَرِيضَةً fareedatan An obligation ف ر ض
65 مِّنَ mina from
66 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
67 إِنَّ inna Indeed
68 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
69 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
70 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knowing ع ل م
71 حَكِيمًا hakeeman All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 12

وَلَكُمْ نِصْفُ مَا تَرَكَ أَزْوَٰجُكُمْ إِن لَّمْ يَكُن لَّهُنَّ وَلَدٌ ۚ فَإِن كَانَ لَهُنَّ وَلَدٌ فَلَكُمُ ٱلرُّبُعُ مِمَّا تَرَكْنَ ۚ مِنۢ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصِينَ بِهَآ أَوْ دَيْنٍ ۚوَلَهُنَّ ٱلرُّبُعُ مِمَّا تَرَكْتُمْ إِن لَّمْ يَكُن لَّكُمْ وَلَدٌ ۚ فَإِن كَانَ لَكُمْ وَلَدٌ فَلَهُنَّ ٱلثُّمُنُ مِمَّا تَرَكْتُم ۚ مِّنۢ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ تُوصُونَ بِهَآ أَوْ دَيْنٍ ۗ وَإِن كَانَ رَجُلٌ يُورَثُ كَلَـٰلَةً أَوِ ٱمْرَأَةٌ وَلَهُۥٓ أَخٌ أَوْ أُخْتٌ فَلِكُلِّ وَٰحِدٍ مِّنْهُمَا ٱلسُّدُسُ ۚ فَإِن كَانُوٓا۟ أَكْثَرَ مِن ذَٰلِكَ فَهُمْ شُرَكَآءُ فِى ٱلثُّلُثِ ۚ مِنۢ بَعْدِ وَصِيَّةٍ يُوصَىٰ بِهَآ أَوْ دَيْنٍ غَيْرَ مُضَآرٍّ ۚ وَصِيَّةً مِّنَ ٱللَّـهِ ۗ وَٱللَّـهُ عَلِيمٌ حَلِيمٌ(12)

And for you is half of what your wives leave if they have no child. But if they have a child, for you is one fourth of what they leave, after any bequest they [may have] made or debt. And for them [i.e., the wives] is one fourth if you leave no child. But if you leave a child, then for them is an eighth of what you leave, after any bequest you [may have] made or debt. And if a man or woman leaves neither ascendants nor descendants but has a brother or a sister, then for each one of them is a sixth. But if they are more than two, they share a third,1 after any bequest which was made or debt, as long as there is no detriment [caused].2 [This is] an ordinance from Allāh, and Allāh is Knowing and Forbearing. [An-Nisaa: 12]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 12

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And for you is half of what your wives leave if they have no child. But if they have a child, for you is one fourth of what they leave, after any bequest they [may have] made or debt. And for them [i.e., the wives] is one fourth if you leave no child. But if you leave a child, then for them is an eighth of what you leave, after any bequest you [may have] made or debt. And if a man or woman leaves neither ascendants nor descendants but has a brother or a sister, then for each one of them is a sixth. But if they are more than two, they share a third,1 after any bequest which was made or debt, as long as there is no detriment [caused].2 [This is] an ordinance from Allāh, and Allāh is Knowing and Forbearing.

Transliteration

Ayah 12

Walakum nisfu ma taraka azwajukum in lam yakun lahunna waladun fain kana lahunna waladun falakumu alrrubuAAu mimma tarakna min baAAdi wasiyyatin yooseena biha aw daynin walahunna alrrubuAAu mimma taraktum in lam yakun lakum waladun fain kana lakum waladun falahunna alththumunu mimma taraktum min baAAdi wasiyyatin toosoona biha aw daynin wain kana rajulun yoorathu kalalatan awi imraatun walahu akhun aw okhtun falikulli wahidin minhuma alssudusu fain kanoo akthara min thalika fahum shurakao fee alththuluthi min baAAdi wasiyyatin yoosa biha aw daynin ghayra mudarrin wasiyyatan mina Allahi waAllahu AAaleemun haleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 12

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَكُمْ Walakum And for you
2 نِصْفُ nisfu (is) half ن ص ف
3 مَا ma (of) what
4 تَرَكَ taraka (is) left ت ر ك
5 أَزْوَاجُكُمْ azwajukum by your wives ز و ج
6 إِن in if
7 لَّمْ lam not
8 يَكُن yakun is ك و ن
9 لَّهُنَّ lahunna for them
10 وَلَدٌ waladun a child و ل د
11 فَإِن fain But if
12 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
13 لَهُنَّ lahunna for them
14 وَلَدٌ waladun a child و ل د
15 فَلَكُمُ falakumu then for you
16 الرُّبُعُ alrrubuAAu (is) the fourth ر ب ع
17 مِمَّا mimma of what
18 تَرَكْنَ tarakna they left ت ر ك
19 مِن min from
20 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
21 وَصِيَّةٍ wasiyyatin any will و ص ي
22 يُوصِينَ yooseena they have made و ص ي
23 بِهَآ biha [for which]
24 أَوْ aw or
25 دَيْنٍ daynin any debt د ي ن
26 وَلَهُنَّ walahunna And for them
27 الرُّبُعُ alrrubuAAu (is) the fourth ر ب ع
28 مِمَّا mimma of what
29 تَرَكْتُمْ taraktum you left ت ر ك
30 إِن in if
31 لَّمْ lam not
32 يَكُن yakun is ك و ن
33 لَّكُمْ lakum for you
34 وَلَدٌ waladun a child و ل د
35 فَإِن fain But if
36 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
37 لَكُمْ lakum for you
38 وَلَدٌ waladun a child و ل د
39 فَلَهُنَّ falahunna then for them
40 الثُّمُنُ alththumunu (is) the eighth ث م ن
41 مِمَّا mimma of what
42 تَرَكْتُم taraktum you left ت ر ك
43 مِّنْ min from
44 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
45 وَصِيَّةٍ wasiyyatin any will و ص ي
46 تُوصُونَ toosoona you have made و ص ي
47 بِهَآ biha [for which]
48 أَوْ aw or
49 دَيْنٍ daynin any debt د ي ن
50 وَإِن wain And if
51 كَانَ kana [is] ك و ن
52 رَجُلٌ rajulun a man ر ج ل
53 يُورَثُ yoorathu (whose wealth) is to be inherited و ر ث
54 كَلَالَةً kalalatan (has) no parent or child ك ل ل
55 أَوِ awi or
56 امْرَأَةٌ imraatun a women م ر أ
57 وَلَهُۥٓ walahu and for him
58 أَخٌ akhun (is) a brother أ خ و
59 أَوْ aw or
60 أُخْتٌ okhtun a sister أ خ و
61 فَلِكُلِّ falikulli then for each ك ل ل
62 وَاحِدٍ wahidin one و ح د
63 مِّنْهُمَا minhuma of (the) two
64 السُّدُسُ alssudusu (is) the sixth س د س
65 فَإِن fain But if
66 كَانُوٓا kanoo they are ك و ن
67 أَكْثَرَ akthara more ك ث ر
68 مِن min than
69 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
70 فَهُمْ fahum then they
71 شُرَكَآءُ shurakao (are) partners ش ر ك
72 فِى fee in
73 الثُّلُثِ alththuluthi the third ث ل ث
74 مِن min from
75 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
76 وَصِيَّةٍ wasiyyatin any will و ص ي
77 يُوصَىٰ yoosa was made و ص ي
78 بِهَآ biha [for which]
79 أَوْ aw or
80 دَيْنٍ daynin any debt د ي ن
81 غَيْرَ ghayra without غ ي ر
82 مُضَآرٍّ mudarrin (being) harmful ض ر ر
83 وَصِيَّةً wasiyyatan An ordinance و ص ي
84 مِّنَ mina from
85 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
86 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
87 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knowing ع ل م
88 حَلِيمٌ haleemun All-Forbearing ح ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 13

تِلْكَ حُدُودُ ٱللَّهِ ۚ وَمَن يُطِعِ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ يُدْخِلْهُ جَنَّٰتٍۢ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا ۚ وَذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ.(13)

These are the limits [set by] Allāh, and whoever obeys Allāh and His Messenger will be admitted by Him to gardens [in Paradise] under which rivers flow, abiding eternally therein; and that is the great attainment. [An-Nisaa: 13]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 13

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

These are the limits [set by] Allāh, and whoever obeys Allāh and His Messenger will be admitted by Him to gardens [in Paradise] under which rivers flow, abiding eternally therein; and that is the great attainment.

Transliteration

Ayah 13

Tilka hudoodu Allahi waman yutiAAi Allaha warasoolahu yudkhilhu jannatin tajree min tahtiha alanharu khalideena feeha wathalika alfawzu alAAatheemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 13

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 تِلْكَ Tilka These
2 حُدُودُ hudoodu (are the) limits ح د د
3 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
4 وَمَن waman and whoever
5 يُطِعِ yutiAAi obeys ط و ع
6 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
7 وَرَسُولَهُۥ warasoolahu and His Messenger ر س ل
8 يُدْخِلْهُ yudkhilhu He will admit him د خ ل
9 جَنَّاتٍ jannatin (to) Gardens ج ن ن
10 تَجْرِى tajree flows ج ر ي
11 مِن min from
12 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath them ت ح ت
13 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
14 خَالِدِينَ khalideena (will) abide forever خ ل د
15 فِيهَا feeha in it
16 وَذَٰلِكَ wathalika And that
17 الْفَوْزُ alfawzu (is) the success ف و ز
18 الْعَظِيمُ alAAatheemu [the] great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 14

وَمَن يَعْصِ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ وَيَتَعَدَّ حُدُودَهُۥ يُدْخِلْهُ نَارًا خَٰلِدًۭا فِيهَا وَلَهُۥ عَذَابٌۭ مُّهِينٌۭ.(14)

And whoever disobeys Allāh and His Messenger and transgresses His limits - He will put him into the Fire to abide eternally therein, and he will have a humiliating punishment. [An-Nisaa: 14]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 14

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever disobeys Allāh and His Messenger and transgresses His limits - He will put him into the Fire to abide eternally therein, and he will have a humiliating punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 14

Waman yaAAsi Allaha warasoolahu wayataAAadda hudoodahu yudkhilhu naran khalidan feeha walahu AAathabun muheenun

Word-by-word

Ayah 14

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 يَعْصِ yaAAsi disobeys ع ص ي
3 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
4 وَرَسُولَهُۥ warasoolahu and His Messenger ر س ل
5 وَيَتَعَدَّ wayataAAadda and transgresses ع د و
6 حُدُودَهُۥ hudoodahu His limits ح د د
7 يُدْخِلْهُ yudkhilhu He will admit him د خ ل
8 نَارًا naran (to) Fire ن و ر
9 خَالِدًا khalidan (will) abide forever خ ل د
10 فِيهَا feeha in it
11 وَلَهُۥ walahu And for him
12 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
13 مُّهِينٌ muheenun humiliating ه و ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 15

وَٱلَّٰتِى يَأْتِينَ ٱلْفَٰحِشَةَ مِن نِّسَآئِكُمْ فَٱسْتَشْهِدُوا۟ عَلَيْهِنَّ أَرْبَعَةًۭ مِّنكُمْ ۖ فَإِن شَهِدُوا۟ فَأَمْسِكُوهُنَّ فِى ٱلْبُيُوتِ حَتَّىٰ يَتَوَفَّىٰهُنَّ ٱلْمَوْتُ أَوْ يَجْعَلَ ٱللَّهُ لَهُنَّ سَبِيلًۭا.(15)

Those who commit immorality [i.e., unlawful sexual intercourse] of your women - bring against them four [witnesses] from among you. And if they testify,1 confine them [i.e., the guilty women] to houses until death takes them or Allāh ordains for them [another] way.2 [An-Nisaa: 15]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 15

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who commit immorality [i.e., unlawful sexual intercourse] of your women - bring against them four [witnesses] from among you. And if they testify,1 confine them [i.e., the guilty women] to houses until death takes them or Allāh ordains for them [another] way.2

Transliteration

Ayah 15

Waallatee yateena alfahishata min nisaikum faistashhidoo AAalayhinna arbaAAatan minkum fain shahidoo faamsikoohunna fee albuyooti hatta yatawaffahunna almawtu aw yajAAala Allahu lahunna sabeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 15

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاللَّاتِى Waallatee And those who
2 يَأْتِينَ yateena commit أ ت ي
3 الْفَاحِشَةَ alfahishata [the] immorality ف ح ش
4 مِن min from
5 نِّسَآئِكُمْ nisaikum your women ن س و
6 فَاسْتَشْهِدُواْ faistashhidoo then call to witness ش ه د
7 عَلَيْهِنَّ AAalayhinna against them
8 أَرْبَعةً arbaAAatan four ر ب ع
9 مِّنكُمْ minkum among you
10 فَإِن fain And if
11 شَهِدُواْ shahidoo they testify ش ه د
12 فَأَمْسِكُوهُنَّ faamsikoohunna then confine them م س ك
13 فِى fee in
14 الْبُيُوتِ albuyooti their houses ب ي ت
15 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
16 يَتَوَفَّاهُنَّ yatawaffahunna comes to them و ف ي
17 الْمَوْتُ almawtu [the] death م و ت
18 أَوْ aw or
19 يَجْعَلَ yajAAala makes ج ع ل
20 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
21 لَهُنَّ lahunna for them
22 سَبِيلًا sabeelan a way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 16

وَٱلَّذَانِ يَأْتِيَٰنِهَا مِنكُمْ فَـَٔاذُوهُمَا ۖ فَإِن تَابَا وَأَصْلَحَا فَأَعْرِضُوا۟ عَنْهُمَآ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ تَوَّابًۭا رَّحِيمًا.(16)

And the two1 who commit it [i.e., unlawful sexual intercourse] among you - punish [i.e., dishonor] them both. But if they repent and correct themselves, leave them alone. Indeed, Allāh is ever Accepting of Repentance and Merciful. [An-Nisaa: 16]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 16

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the two1 who commit it [i.e., unlawful sexual intercourse] among you - punish [i.e., dishonor] them both. But if they repent and correct themselves, leave them alone. Indeed, Allāh is ever Accepting of Repentance and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 16

Waallathani yatiyaniha minkum faathoohuma fain taba waaslaha faaAAridoo AAanhuma inna Allaha kana tawwaban raheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 16

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذَانِ Waallathani And the two who
2 يَأْتِيَانِهَا yatiyaniha commit it أ ت ي
3 مِنكُمْ minkum among you
4 فَـَٔاذُوهُمَا faathoohuma then punish both of them أ ذ ي
5 فَإِن fain But if
6 تَابَا taba they repent ت و ب
7 وَأَصْلَحَا waaslaha and correct themselves ص ل ح
8 فَأَعْرِضُواْ faaAAridoo then turn away ع ر ض
9 عَنْهُمَآ AAanhuma from both of them
10 إِنَّ inna Indeed
11 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
12 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
13 تَوَّابًا tawwaban Oft-Forgiving ت و ب
14 رَّحِيمًا raheeman Most-Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 17

إِنَّمَا ٱلتَّوْبَةُ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ لِلَّذِينَ يَعْمَلُونَ ٱلسُّوٓءَ بِجَهَٰلَةٍۢ ثُمَّ يَتُوبُونَ مِن قَرِيبٍۢ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يَتُوبُ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِمْ ۗ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًۭا.(17)

The repentance accepted by Allāh is only for those who do wrong in ignorance [or carelessness] and then repent soon [after].1 It is those to whom Allāh will turn in forgiveness, and Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 17]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 17

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The repentance accepted by Allāh is only for those who do wrong in ignorance [or carelessness] and then repent soon [after].1 It is those to whom Allāh will turn in forgiveness, and Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 17

Innama alttawbatu AAala Allahi lillatheena yaAAmaloona alssooa bijahalatin thumma yatooboona min qareebin faolaika yatoobu Allahu AAalayhim wakana Allahu AAaleeman hakeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 17

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّمَا Innama Only
2 التَّوْبَةُ alttawbatu the acceptance of repentance ت و ب
3 عَلَى AAala by
4 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
5 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena (is) for those who
6 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل
7 السُّوٓءَ alssooa the evil س و أ
8 بِجَهَالَةٍ bijahalatin in ignorance ج ه ل
9 ثُمَّ thumma then
10 يَتُوبُونَ yatooboona they repent ت و ب
11 مِن min from
12 قَرِيبٍ qareebin soon after ق ر ب
13 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika Then those
14 يَتُوبُ yatoobu will have forgiveness ت و ب
15 اللهُ Allahu (from) Allah أ ل ه
16 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim upon them
17 وَكَانَ wakana and is, was, will be ك و ن
18 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
19 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knowing ع ل م
20 حَكِيماً hakeeman All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 18

وَلَيْسَتِ ٱلتَّوْبَةُ لِلَّذِينَ يَعْمَلُونَ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا حَضَرَ أَحَدَهُمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ قَالَ إِنِّى تُبْتُ ٱلْـَٰٔنَ وَلَا ٱلَّذِينَ يَمُوتُونَ وَهُمْ كُفَّارٌ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَعْتَدْنَا لَهُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًۭا.(18)

But repentance is not [accepted] of those who [continue to] do evil deeds up until, when death comes to one of them, he says, "Indeed, I have repented now," or of those who die while they are disbelievers. For them We have prepared a painful punishment. [An-Nisaa: 18]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 18

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But repentance is not [accepted] of those who [continue to] do evil deeds up until, when death comes to one of them, he says, "Indeed, I have repented now," or of those who die while they are disbelievers. For them We have prepared a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 18

Walaysati alttawbatu lillatheena yaAAmaloona alssayyiati hatta itha hadara ahadahumu almawtu qala innee tubtu alana wala allatheena yamootoona wahum kuffarun olaika aAAtadna lahum AAathaban aleeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 18

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَيْسَتِ Walaysati And not ل ي س
2 التَّوْبَةُ alttawbatu (is) the acceptance of repentance ت و ب
3 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena for those who
4 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل
5 السَّيِّئَاتِ alssayyiati the evil deeds س و أ
6 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta until
7 إِذَا itha when
8 حَضَرَ hadara approaches ح ض ر
9 أَحَدَهُمُ ahadahumu one of them أ ح د
10 الْمَوْتُ almawtu [the] death م و ت
11 قَالَ qala he says ق و ل
12 إِنِّى innee Indeed I
13 تُبْتُ tubtu repent ت و ب
14 الْـَٰٔنَ alana now
15 وَلَا wala and not
16 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
17 يَمُوتُونَ yamootoona die م و ت
18 وَهُمْ wahum while they
19 كُفَّارٌ kuffarun (are) disbelievers ك ف ر
20 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those
21 أَعْتَدْنَا aAAtadna We have prepared ع ت د
22 لَهُمْ lahum for them
23 عَذَابًا AAathaban a punishment ع ذ ب
24 أَلِيمًا aleeman painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 19

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا يَحِلُّ لَكُمْ أَن تَرِثُوا۟ ٱلنِّسَآءَ كَرْهًۭا ۖ وَلَا تَعْضُلُوهُنَّ لِتَذْهَبُوا۟ بِبَعْضِ مَآ ءَاتَيْتُمُوهُنَّ إِلَّآ أَن يَأْتِينَ بِفَٰحِشَةٍۢ مُّبَيِّنَةٍۢ ۚ وَعَاشِرُوهُنَّ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ ۚ فَإِن كَرِهْتُمُوهُنَّ فَعَسَىٰٓ أَن تَكْرَهُوا۟ شَيْـًۭٔا وَيَجْعَلَ ٱللَّهُ فِيهِ خَيْرًۭا كَثِيرًۭا.(19)

O you who have believed, it is not lawful for you to inherit women by compulsion.1 And do not make difficulties for them in order to take [back] part of what you gave them2 unless they commit a clear immorality [i.e., adultery]. And live with them in kindness. For if you dislike them - perhaps you dislike a thing and Allāh makes therein much good. [An-Nisaa: 19]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 19

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, it is not lawful for you to inherit women by compulsion.1 And do not make difficulties for them in order to take [back] part of what you gave them2 unless they commit a clear immorality [i.e., adultery]. And live with them in kindness. For if you dislike them - perhaps you dislike a thing and Allāh makes therein much good.

Transliteration

Ayah 19

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la yahillu lakum an tarithoo alnnisaa karhan wala taAAduloohunna litathhaboo bibaAAdi ma ataytumoohunna illa an yateena bifahishatin mubayyinatin waAAashiroohunna bialmaAAroofi fain karihtumoohunna faAAasa an takrahoo shayan wayajAAala Allahu feehi khayran katheeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 19

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 لَا la Not
5 يَحِلُّ yahillu (is) lawful ح ل ل
6 لَكُمْ lakum for you
7 أَن an that
8 تَرِثُواْ tarithoo you inherit و ر ث
9 النِّسَآءَ alnnisaa the women ن س و
10 كَرْهًا karhan (by) force ك ر ه
11 وَلَا wala And not
12 تَعْضُلُوهُنَّ taAAduloohunna you constraint them ع ض ل
13 لِتَذْهَبُواْ litathhaboo so that you may take ذ ه ب
14 بِبَعْضِ bibaAAdi a part ب ع ض
15 مَآ ma (of) what
16 اٰتَيْتُمُوهُنَّ ataytumoohunna you have given them أ ت ي
17 إِلَّآ illa except
18 أَن an that
19 يَأْتِينَ yateena they commit أ ت ي
20 بِفَاحِشَةٍ bifahishatin immorality ف ح ش
21 مُّبَيِّنَةٍ mubayyinatin open ب ي ن
22 وَعَاشِرُوهُنَّ waAAashiroohunna And live with them ع ش ر
23 بِالْمَعْرُوفِ bialmaAAroofi in kindness ع ر ف
24 فَإِن fain But if
25 كَرِهْتُمُوهُنَّ karihtumoohunna you dislike them ك ر ه
26 فَعَسَىٰٓ faAAasa then perhaps ع س ي
27 أَن an that
28 تَكْرَهُواْ takrahoo you dislike ك ر ه
29 شَيْئًا shayan a thing ش ي أ
30 وَيَجْعَلَ wayajAAala and has placed ج ع ل
31 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
32 فِيهِ feehi in it
33 خَيْرًا khayran good خ ي ر
34 كَثِيرًا katheeran much ك ث ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 20

وَإِنْ أَرَدتُّمُ اسْتِبْدَالَ زَوْجٍ مَّكَانَ زَوْجٍ وَآتَيْتُمْ إِحْدَاهُنَّ قِنطَارًا فَلَا تَأْخُذُوا مِنْهُ شَيْئًا ۚ أَتَأْخُذُونَهُ بُهْتَانًا وَإِثْمًا مُّبِينًا(20)

But if you want to replace one wife with another and you have given one of them a great amount [in gifts], do not take [back] from it anything. Would you take it in injustice and manifest sin? [An-Nisaa: 20]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 20

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But if you want to replace one wife with another and you have given one of them a great amount [in gifts], do not take [back] from it anything. Would you take it in injustice and manifest sin?

Transliteration

Ayah 20

Wain aradtumu istibdala zawjin makana zawjin waataytum ihdahunna qintaran fala takhuthoo minhu shayan atakhuthoonahu buhtanan waithman mubeenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 20

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِنْ Wain And if
2 أَرَدتُّمُ aradtumu you intend ر و د
3 اسْتِبْدَالَ istibdala replacing ب د ل
4 زَوْجٍ zawjin a wife ز و ج
5 مَّكَانَ makana (in) place ك و ن
6 زَوْجٍ zawjin (of) a wife ز و ج
7 وَآتَيْتُمْ waataytum and you have given أ ت ي
8 إِحْدَىٰهُنَّ ihdahunna one of them أ ح د
9 قِنطَارًا qintaran heap (of gold) ق ن ط ر
10 فَلَا fala then (do) not
11 تَأْخُذُواْ takhuthoo take away أ خ ذ
12 مِنْهُ minhu from it
13 شَيْئًا shayan anything ش ي أ
14 أَتَأْخُذُونَهُۥ atakhuthoonahu Would you take it? أ خ ذ
15 بُهْتَاناً buhtanan (by) slander ب ه ت
16 وَإِثْماً waithman and a sin أ ث م
17 مُّبِيناً mubeenan open ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 21

وَكَيْفَ تَأْخُذُونَهُۥ وَقَدْ أَفْضَىٰ بَعْضُكُمْ إِلَىٰ بَعْضٍۢ وَأَخَذْنَ مِنكُم مِّيثَٰقًا غَلِيظًۭا.(21)

And how could you take it while you have gone in unto each other and they have taken from you a solemn covenant? [An-Nisaa: 21]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 21

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And how could you take it while you have gone in unto each other and they have taken from you a solemn covenant?

Transliteration

Ayah 21

Wakayfa takhuthoonahu waqad afda baAAdukum ila baAAdin waakhathna minkum meethaqan ghaleethan

Word-by-word

Ayah 21

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَيْفَ Wakayfa And how? ك ي ف
2 تَأْخُذُونَهُ takhuthoonahu could you take it أ خ ذ
3 وَقَدْ waqad when surely
4 أَفْضَى afda has gone ف ض و
5 بَعْضُكُمْ baAAdukum one of you ب ع ض
6 إِلَىٰ ila to
7 بَعْضٍ baAAdin another ب ع ض
8 وَأَخَذْنَ waakhathna and they have taken أ خ ذ
9 مِنكُم minkum from you
10 مِّيثَاقًا meethaqan covenant و ث ق
11 غَلِيظًا ghaleethan strong غ ل ظ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 22

وَلَا تَنكِحُوا۟ مَا نَكَحَ ءَابَآؤُكُم مِّنَ ٱلنِّسَآءِ إِلَّا مَا قَدْ سَلَفَ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ فَٰحِشَةًۭ وَمَقْتًۭا وَسَآءَ سَبِيلًا.(22)

And do not marry those [women] whom your fathers married, except what has already occurred.1 Indeed, it was an immorality and hateful [to Allāh] and was evil as a way. [An-Nisaa: 22]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 22

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not marry those [women] whom your fathers married, except what has already occurred.1 Indeed, it was an immorality and hateful [to Allāh] and was evil as a way.

Transliteration

Ayah 22

Wala tankihoo ma nakaha abaokum mina alnnisai illa ma qad salafa innahu kana fahishatan wamaqtan wasaa sabeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 22

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تَنكِحُواْ tankihoo marry ن ك ح
3 مَا ma whom
4 نَكَحَ nakaha married ن ك ح
5 اٰبَآؤُكُم abaokum your fathers أ ب و
6 مِّنَ mina of
7 النِّسَآءِ alnnisai the women ن س و
8 إِلَّا illa except
9 مَا ma what
10 قَدْ qad has
11 سَلَفَ salafa passed before س ل ف
12 إِنَّهُۥ innahu indeed it
13 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
14 فَاحِشَةً fahishatan an immorality ف ح ش
15 وَمَقْتًا wamaqtan and hateful م ق ت
16 وَسَآءَ wasaa and (an) evil س و أ
17 سَبِيلًا sabeelan way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 23

حُرِّمَتْ عَلَيْكُمْ أُمَّهَٰتُكُمْ وَبَنَاتُكُمْ وَأَخَوَٰتُكُمْ وَعَمَّٰتُكُمْ وَخَٰلَٰتُكُمْ وَبَنَاتُ ٱلْأَخِ وَبَنَاتُ ٱلْأُخْتِ وَأُمَّهَٰتُكُمُ ٱلَّٰتِىٓ أَرْضَعْنَكُمْ وَأَخَوَٰتُكُم مِّنَ ٱلرَّضَٰعَةِ وَأُمَّهَٰتُ نِسَآئِكُمْ وَرَبَٰٓئِبُكُمُ ٱلَّٰتِى فِى حُجُورِكُم مِّن نِّسَآئِكُمُ ٱلَّٰتِى دَخَلْتُم بِهِنَّ فَإِن لَّمْ تَكُونُوا۟ دَخَلْتُم بِهِنَّ فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْكُمْ وَحَلَٰٓئِلُ أَبْنَآئِكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ مِنْ أَصْلَٰبِكُمْ وَأَن تَجْمَعُوا۟ بَيْنَ ٱلْأُخْتَيْنِ إِلَّا مَا قَدْ سَلَفَ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ غَفُورًۭا رَّحِيمًۭا.(23)

Prohibited to you [for marriage] are your mothers, your daughters, your sisters, your father's sisters, your mother's sisters, your brother's daughters, your sister's daughters, your [milk] mothers who nursed you, your sisters through nursing, your wives' mothers, and your step-daughters under your guardianship [born] of your wives unto whom you have gone in. But if you have not gone in unto them, there is no sin upon you. And [also prohibited are] the wives of your sons who are from your [own] loins, and that you take [in marriage] two sisters simultaneously, except for what has already occurred.1 Indeed, Allāh is ever Forgiving and Merciful. [An-Nisaa: 23]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 23

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Prohibited to you [for marriage] are your mothers, your daughters, your sisters, your father's sisters, your mother's sisters, your brother's daughters, your sister's daughters, your [milk] mothers who nursed you, your sisters through nursing, your wives' mothers, and your step-daughters under your guardianship [born] of your wives unto whom you have gone in. But if you have not gone in unto them, there is no sin upon you. And [also prohibited are] the wives of your sons who are from your [own] loins, and that you take [in marriage] two sisters simultaneously, except for what has already occurred.1 Indeed, Allāh is ever Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 23

Hurrimat AAalaykum ommahatukum wabanatukum waakhawatukum waAAammatukum wakhalatukum wabanatu alakhi wabanatu alokhti waommahatukumu allatee ardaAAnakum waakhawatukum mina alrradaAAati waommahatu nisaikum warabaibukumu allatee fee hujoorikum min nisaikumu allatee dakhaltum bihinna fain lam takoonoo dakhaltum bihinna fala junaha AAalaykum wahalailu abnaikumu allatheena min aslabikum waan tajmaAAoo bayna alokhtayni illa ma qad salafa inna Allaha kana ghafooran raheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 23

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 حُرِّمَتْ Hurrimat Forbidden ح ر م
2 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum to you
3 أُمَّهَاتُكُمْ ommahatukum (are) your mothers أ م م
4 وَبَنَاتُكُمْ wabanatukum and your daughters ب ن ي
5 وَأَخَوَاتُكُمْ waakhawatukum and your sisters أ خ و
6 وَعَمَّاتُكُمْ waAAammatukum and your father's sisters ع م م
7 وَخَالَاتُكُمْ wakhalatukum and your mother's sisters خ و ل
8 وَبَنَاتُ wabanatu and daughters ب ن ي
9 الْأَخِ alakhi (of) brothers أ خ و
10 وَبَنَاتُ wabanatu and daughters ب ن ي
11 الْأُخْتِ alokhti (of) sisters أ خ و
12 وَأُمَّهَاتُكُمُ waommahatukumu and (the) mothers أ م م
13 اللَّاتِىٓ allatee who
14 أَرْضَعْنَكُمْ ardaAAnakum nursed you ر ض ع
15 وَأَخَوَاتُكُم waakhawatukum and your sisters أ خ و
16 مِّنَ mina from
17 الرَّضَاعَةِ alrradaAAati the nursing ر ض ع
18 وَأُمَّهَاتُ waommahatu and mothers أ م م
19 نِسَآئِكُمْ nisaikum (of) your wives ن س و
20 وَرَبَآئِبُكُمُ warabaibukumu and your step daughters ر ب ب
21 اللَّاتِى allatee who
22 فِى fee (are) in
23 حُجُورِكُم hujoorikum your guardianship ح ج ر
24 مِّن min of
25 نِّسَآئِكُمُ nisaikumu your women ن س و
26 اللَّاتِى allatee whom
27 دَخَلْتُم dakhaltum you had relations د خ ل
28 بِهِنَّ bihinna with them
29 فَإِن fain but if
30 لَّمْ lam not
31 تَكُونُواْ takoonoo you had ك و ن
32 دَخَلْتُم dakhaltum relations د خ ل
33 بِهِنَّ bihinna with them
34 فَلَا fala then (there is) no
35 جُنَاحَ junaha sin ج ن ح
36 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum on you
37 وَحَلَائِلُ wahalailu And wives ح ل ل
38 أَبْنَآئِكُمُ abnaikumu (of) your sons ب ن ي
39 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
40 مِنْ min (are) from
41 أَصْلَابِكُمْ aslabikum your loins ص ل ب
42 وَأَن waan and that
43 تَجْمَعُواْ tajmaAAoo you gather together ج م ع
44 بَيْنَ bayna [between] ب ي ن
45 الْأُخْتَيْنِ alokhtayni two sisters أ خ و
46 إِلَّا illa except
47 مَا ma what
48 قَدْ qad has
49 سَلَفَ salafa passed before س ل ف
50 إِنَّ inna Indeed
51 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
52 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
53 غَفُورًا ghafooran Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
54 رَّحِيمًا raheeman Most-Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 24

وَٱلْمُحْصَنَـٰتُ مِنَ ٱلنِّسَآءِ إِلَّا مَا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَـٰنُكُمْ ۖ كِتَـٰبَ ٱللَّـهِ عَلَيْكُمْ ۚ وَأُحِلَّ لَكُم مَّا وَرَآءَ ذَٰلِكُمْ أَن تَبْتَغُوا۟ بِأَمْوَٰلِكُم مُّحْصِنِينَ غَيْرَ مُسَـٰفِحِينَ ۚ فَمَا ٱسْتَمْتَعْتُم بِهِۦ مِنْهُنَّ فَـَٔاتُوهُنَّ أُجُورَهُنَّ فَرِيضَةً ۚ وَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْكُمْ فِيمَا تَرَٰضَيْتُم بِهِۦ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ٱلْفَرِيضَةِۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّـهَ كَانَ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًا(24)

And [also prohibited to you are all] married women except those your right hands possess.1 [This is] the decree of Allāh upon you. And lawful to you are [all others] beyond these, [provided] that you seek them [in marriage] with [gifts from] your property, desiring chastity, not unlawful sexual intercourse. So for whatever you enjoy [of marriage] from them, give them their due compensation2 as an obligation. And there is no blame upon you for what you mutually agree to beyond the obligation. Indeed, Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 24]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 24

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [also prohibited to you are all] married women except those your right hands possess.1 [This is] the decree of Allāh upon you. And lawful to you are [all others] beyond these, [provided] that you seek them [in marriage] with [gifts from] your property, desiring chastity, not unlawful sexual intercourse. So for whatever you enjoy [of marriage] from them, give them their due compensation2 as an obligation. And there is no blame upon you for what you mutually agree to beyond the obligation. Indeed, Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 24

Waalmuhsanatu mina alnnisai illa ma malakat aymanukum kitaba Allahi AAalaykum waohilla lakum ma waraa thalikum an tabtaghoo biamwalikum muhsineena ghayra musafiheena fama istamtaAAtum bihi minhunna faatoohunna ojoorahunna fareedatan wala junaha AAalaykum feema taradaytum bihi min baAAdi alfareedati inna Allaha kana AAaleeman hakeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 24

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالْمُحْصَنَٰتُ Waalmuhsanatu And (prohibited are) the ones who are married ح ص ن
2 مِنَ mina of
3 النِّسَآءِ alnnisai the women ن س و
4 إِلَّا illa except
5 مَا ma whom
6 مَلَكَتْ malakat you possess م ل ك
7 أَيْمَانُكُمْ aymanukum rightfully ي م ن
8 كِتَابَ kitaba Decree ك ت ب
9 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
10 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you
11 وَأُحِلَّ waohilla And are lawful ح ل ل
12 لَكُم lakum to you
13 مَّا ma what
14 وَرَآءَ waraa (is) beyond و ر ي
15 ذَٰلِكُمْ thalikum that
16 أَن an that
17 تَبْتَغُواْ tabtaghoo you seek ب غ ي
18 بِأَمْوَالِكُم biamwalikum with your wealth م و ل
19 مُّحْصِنِينَ muhsineena desiring to be chaste ح ص ن
20 غَيْرَ ghayra not غ ي ر
21 مُسَافِحِينَ musafiheena (to be) lustful س ف ح
22 فَمَا fama So what
23 اسْتَمْتَعْتُم istamtaAAtum you benefit[ed] م ت ع
24 بِهِۦ bihi of it
25 مِنْهُنَّ minhunna from them
26 فَـَٔاتُوهُنَّ faatoohunna so you give them أ ت ي
27 أُجُورَهُنَّ ojoorahunna their bridal due أ ج ر
28 فَرِيضَةً fareedatan (as) an obligation ف ر ض
29 وَلَا wala And (there is) no
30 جُنَاحَ junaha sin ج ن ح
31 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum on you
32 فِيمَا feema concerning what
33 تَرَاضَيْتُم taradaytum you mutually agree ر ض و
34 بِهِۦ bihi of it
35 مِن min from
36 بَعْدِ baAAdi beyond ب ع د
37 الْفَرِيضَةِ alfareedati the obligation ف ر ض
38 إِنَّ inna Indeed
39 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
40 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
41 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knowing ع ل م
42 حَكِيمًا hakeeman All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 25

وَمَن لَّمْ يَسْتَطِعْ مِنكُمْ طَوْلًا أَن يَنكِحَ ٱلْمُحْصَنَٰتِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنَٰتِ فَمِن مَّا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَٰنُكُم مِّن فَتَيَٰتِكُمُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنَٰتِ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِإِيمَٰنِكُم ۚ بَعْضُكُم مِّنۢ بَعْضٍۢ ۚ فَٱنكِحُوهُنَّ بِإِذْنِ أَهْلِهِنَّ وَءَاتُوهُنَّ أُجُورَهُنَّ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ مُحْصَنَٰتٍ غَيْرَ مُسَٰفِحَٰتٍۢ وَلَا مُتَّخِذَٰتِ أَخْدَانٍۢ ۚ فَإِذَآ أُحْصِنَّ فَإِنْ أَتَيْنَ بِفَٰحِشَةٍۢ فَعَلَيْهِنَّ نِصْفُ مَا عَلَى ٱلْمُحْصَنَٰتِ مِنَ ٱلْعَذَابِ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ لِمَنْ خَشِىَ ٱلْعَنَتَ مِنكُمْ ۚ وَأَن تَصْبِرُوا۟ خَيْرٌۭ لَّكُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(25)

And whoever among you cannot [find] the means to marry free, believing women, then [he may marry] from those whom your right hands possess of believing slave girls. And Allāh is most knowing about your faith. You [believers] are of one another. So marry them with the permission of their people and give them their due compensation [i.e., mahr] according to what is acceptable. [They should be] chaste, neither [of] those who commit unlawful intercourse randomly nor those who take [secret] lovers. But once they are sheltered in marriage, if they should commit adultery, then for them is half the punishment for free [unmarried] women. This [allowance] is for him among you who fears affliction [i.e., sin], but to be patient is better for you. And Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [An-Nisaa: 25]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 25

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever among you cannot [find] the means to marry free, believing women, then [he may marry] from those whom your right hands possess of believing slave girls. And Allāh is most knowing about your faith. You [believers] are of one another. So marry them with the permission of their people and give them their due compensation [i.e., mahr] according to what is acceptable. [They should be] chaste, neither [of] those who commit unlawful intercourse randomly nor those who take [secret] lovers. But once they are sheltered in marriage, if they should commit adultery, then for them is half the punishment for free [unmarried] women. This [allowance] is for him among you who fears affliction [i.e., sin], but to be patient is better for you. And Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 25

Waman lam yastatiAA minkum tawlan an yankiha almuhsanati almuminati famin ma malakat aymanukum min fatayatikumu almuminati waAllahu aAAlamu bieemanikum baAAdukum min baAAdin fainkihoohunna biithni ahlihinna waatoohunna ojoorahunna bialmaAAroofi muhsanatin ghayra masafihatin wala muttakhithati akhdanin faitha ohsinna fain atayna bifahishatin faAAalayhinna nisfu ma AAala almuhsanati mina alAAathabi thalika liman khashiya alAAanata minkum waan tasbiroo khayrun lakum waAllahu ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 25

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 لَّمْ lam (is) not
3 يَسْتَطِعْ yastatiAA able to ط و ع
4 مِنكُمْ minkum among you
5 طَوْلًا tawlan afford ط و ل
6 أَن an to
7 يَنكِحَ yankiha marry ن ك ح
8 الْمُحْصَنَاتِ almuhsanati the free chaste ح ص ن
9 الْمُؤْمِنَاتِ almuminati [the] believing women أ م ن
10 فَمِن famin then (marry) from
11 مَّا ma what
12 مَلَكَتْ malakat possess[ed] م ل ك
13 أَيْمَانُكُم aymanukum your right hands ي م ن
14 مِّن min of
15 فَتَيَاتِكُمُ fatayatikumu your slave girls ف ت ي
16 الْمُؤْمِنَاتِ almuminati (of) the believers أ م ن
17 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
18 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu knows best ع ل م
19 بِإِيمَانِكُمْ bieemanikum about your faith أ م ن
20 بَعْضُكُم baAAdukum You ب ع ض
21 مِّنْ min (are) from
22 بَعْضٍ baAAdin (one) another ب ع ض
23 فَانكِحُوهُنَّ fainkihoohunna So marry them ن ك ح
24 بِإِذْنِ biithni with (the) permission أ ذ ن
25 أَهْلِهِنَّ ahlihinna (of) their family أ ه ل
26 وَآتُوهُنَّ waatoohunna and give them أ ت ي
27 أُجُورَهُنَّ ojoorahunna their bridal due أ ج ر
28 بِالْمَعْرُوفِ bialmaAAroofi in a fair manner ع ر ف
29 مُحْصَنَاتٍ muhsanatin (They should be) chaste ح ص ن
30 غَيْرَ ghayra not غ ي ر
31 مُسَافِحَاتٍ masafihatin those who commit immorality س ف ح
32 وَلَا wala and not
33 مُتَّخِذَاتِ muttakhithati those who take أ خ ذ
34 أَخْدَانٍ akhdanin secret lovers خ د ن
35 فَإِذَآ faitha Then when
36 أُحْصِنَّ ohsinna they are married ح ص ن
37 فَإِنْ fain and if
38 أَتَيْنَ atayna they commit أ ت ي
39 بِفَاحِشَةٍ bifahishatin adultery ف ح ش
40 فَعَلَيْهِنَّ faAAalayhinna then for them
41 نِصْفُ nisfu (is) half ن ص ف
42 مَا ma (of) what
43 عَلَى AAala (is) on
44 الْمُحْصَنَاتِ almuhsanati the free chaste women ح ص ن
45 مِنَ mina of
46 الْعَذَابِ alAAathabi the punishment ع ذ ب
47 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That
48 لِمَنْ liman (is) for whoever
49 خَشِيَ khashiya fears خ ش ي
50 الْعَنَتَ alAAanata committing sin ع ن ت
51 مِنْكُمْ minkum among you
52 وَأَن waan and that
53 تَصْبِرُواْ tasbiroo you be patient ص ب ر
54 خَيْرٌ khayrun (is) better خ ي ر
55 لَّكُمْ lakum for you
56 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
57 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
58 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 26

يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ لِيُبَيِّنَ لَكُمْ وَيَهْدِيَكُمْ سُنَنَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ وَيَتُوبَ عَلَيْكُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌۭ.(26)

Allāh wants to make clear to you [the lawful from the unlawful] and guide you to the [good] practices of those before you and to accept your repentance. And Allāh is Knowing and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 26]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 26

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh wants to make clear to you [the lawful from the unlawful] and guide you to the [good] practices of those before you and to accept your repentance. And Allāh is Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 26

Yureedu Allahu liyubayyina lakum wayahdiyakum sunana allatheena min qablikum wayatooba AAalaykum waAllahu AAaleemun hakeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 26

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يُرِيدُ Yureedu Wishes ر و د
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 لِيُبَيِّنَ liyubayyina to make clear ب ي ن
4 لَكُمْ lakum to you
5 وَيَهْدِيَكُمْ wayahdiyakum and to guide you ه د ي
6 سُنَنَ sunana (to) ways س ن ن
7 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those
8 مِن min from
9 قَبْلِكُمْ qablikum before you ق ب ل
10 وَيَتُوبَ wayatooba and (to) accept repentance ت و ب
11 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum from you
12 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
13 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knowing ع ل م
14 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 27

وَٱللَّهُ يُرِيدُ أَن يَتُوبَ عَلَيْكُمْ وَيُرِيدُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَّبِعُونَ ٱلشَّهَوَٰتِ أَن تَمِيلُوا۟ مَيْلًا عَظِيمًۭا.(27)

Allāh wants to accept your repentance, but those who follow [their] passions want you to digress [into] a great deviation. [An-Nisaa: 27]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 27

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh wants to accept your repentance, but those who follow [their] passions want you to digress [into] a great deviation.

Transliteration

Ayah 27

WaAllahu yureedu an yatooba AAalaykum wayureedu allatheena yattabiAAoona alshshahawati an tameeloo maylan AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 27

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاللهُ WaAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
2 يُرِيدُ yureedu wishes ر و د
3 أَن an to
4 يَتُوبَ yatooba accept repentance ت و ب
5 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum from you
6 وَيُرِيدُ wayureedu but wish ر و د
7 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
8 يَتَّبِعُونَ yattabiAAoona follow ت ب ع
9 الشَّهَوَاتِ alshshahawati the passions ش ه و
10 أَن an that
11 تَمِيلُواْ tameeloo you deviate م ي ل
12 مَيْلًا maylan (into) a deviation م ي ل
13 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 28

يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ أَن يُخَفِّفَ عَنكُمْ ۚ وَخُلِقَ ٱلْإِنسَٰنُ ضَعِيفًۭا.(28)

And Allāh wants to lighten for you [your difficulties]; and mankind was created weak. [An-Nisaa: 28]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 28

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And Allāh wants to lighten for you [your difficulties]; and mankind was created weak.

Transliteration

Ayah 28

Yureedu Allahu an yukhaffifa AAankum wakhuliqa alinsanu daAAeefan

Word-by-word

Ayah 28

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يُرِيدُ Yureedu Wishes ر و د
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 أَن an to
4 يُخَفِّفَ yukhaffifa lighten خ ف ف
5 عَنكُمْ AAankum for you
6 وَخُلِقَ wakhuliqa and was created خ ل ق
7 الْإِنسَانُ alinsanu the mankind أ ن س
8 ضَعِيفًا daAAeefan weak ض ع ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 29

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَأْكُلُوٓا۟ أَمْوَٰلَكُم بَيْنَكُم بِٱلْبَٰطِلِ إِلَّآ أَن تَكُونَ تِجَٰرَةً عَن تَرَاضٍۢ مِّنكُمْ ۚ وَلَا تَقْتُلُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَكُمْ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِكُمْ رَحِيمًۭا.(29)

O you who have believed, do not consume one another's wealth unjustly1 but only [in lawful] business by mutual consent. And do not kill yourselves [or one another]. Indeed, Allāh is to you ever Merciful. [An-Nisaa: 29]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 29

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not consume one another's wealth unjustly1 but only [in lawful] business by mutual consent. And do not kill yourselves [or one another]. Indeed, Allāh is to you ever Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 29

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la takuloo amwalakum baynakum bialbatili illa an takoona tijaratan AAan taradin minkum wala taqtuloo anfusakum inna Allaha kana bikum raheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 29

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not
5 تَأْكُلُواْ takuloo eat أ ك ل
6 أَمْوَالَكُمْ amwalakum your wealth م و ل
7 بَيْنَكُمْ baynakum between yourselves ب ي ن
8 بِالْبَاطِلِ bialbatili unjustly ب ط ل
9 إِلَّآ illa But
10 أَن an that
11 تَكُونَ takoona (there) be ك و ن
12 تِجَارَةً tijaratan business ت ج ر
13 عَن AAan on
14 تَرَاضٍ taradin mutual consent ر ض و
15 مِّنكُمْ minkum among you
16 وَلَا wala And (do) not
17 تَقْتُلُوٓاْ taqtuloo you kill ق ت ل
18 أَنفُسَكُمْ anfusakum yourselves ن ف س
19 إِنَّ inna Indeed
20 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
21 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
22 بِكُمْ bikum to you
23 رَحِيمًا raheeman Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 30

وَمَن يَفْعَلْ ذَٰلِكَ عُدْوَٰنًۭا وَظُلْمًۭا فَسَوْفَ نُصْلِيهِ نَارًۭا ۚ وَكَانَ ذَٰلِكَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ يَسِيرًا.(30)

And whoever does that in aggression and injustice - then We will drive him into a Fire. And that, for Allāh, is [always] easy. [An-Nisaa: 30]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 30

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever does that in aggression and injustice - then We will drive him into a Fire. And that, for Allāh, is [always] easy.

Transliteration

Ayah 30

Waman yafAAal thalika AAudwanan wathulman fasawfa nusleehi naran wakana thalika AAala Allahi yaseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 30

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 يَفْعَلْ yafAAal does ف ع ل
3 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
4 عُدْوَانًا AAudwanan (in) aggression ع د و
5 وَظُلْمًا wathulman and injustice ظ ل م
6 فَسَوْفَ fasawfa then soon
7 نُصْلِيهِ nusleehi We (will) cast him ص ل ي
8 نَارًا naran (into) a Fire ن و ر
9 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
10 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
11 عَلَى AAala for
12 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
13 يَسِيرًا yaseeran easy ي س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 31

إِن تَجْتَنِبُوا۟ كَبَآئِرَ مَا تُنْهَوْنَ عَنْهُ نُكَفِّرْ عَنكُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتِكُمْ وَنُدْخِلْكُم مُّدْخَلًۭا كَرِيمًۭا.(31)

If you avoid the major sins which you are forbidden, We will remove from you your lesser sins and admit you to a noble entrance [into Paradise]. [An-Nisaa: 31]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 31

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If you avoid the major sins which you are forbidden, We will remove from you your lesser sins and admit you to a noble entrance [into Paradise].

Transliteration

Ayah 31

In tajtaniboo kabaira ma tunhawna AAanhu nukaffir AAankum sayyiatikum wanudkhilkum mudkhalan kareeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 31

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِن In If
2 تَجْتَنِبُواْ tajtaniboo you avoid ج ن ب
3 كَبَآئِرَ kabaira great (sins) ك ب ر
4 مَا ma (of) what
5 تُنْهَوْنَ tunhawna you are forbidden ن ه ي
6 عَنْهُ AAanhu from [it]
7 نُكَفِّرْ nukaffir We will remove ك ف ر
8 عَنكُمْ AAankum from you
9 سَيِّئَاتِكُمْ sayyiatikum your evil deeds س و أ
10 وَنُدْخِلْكُم wanudkhilkum and We will admit you د خ ل
11 مُّدْخَلًا mudkhalan (to) an entrance د خ ل
12 كَرِيمًا kareeman noble ك ر م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 32

وَلَا تَتَمَنَّوْا۟ مَا فَضَّلَ ٱللَّهُ بِهِۦ بَعْضَكُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍۢ ۚ لِّلرِّجَالِ نَصِيبٌۭ مِّمَّا ٱكْتَسَبُوا۟ ۖ وَلِلنِّسَآءِ نَصِيبٌۭ مِّمَّا ٱكْتَسَبْنَ ۚ وَسْـَٔلُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مِن فَضْلِهِۦٓ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمًۭا.(32)

And do not wish for that by which Allāh has made some of you exceed others. For men is a share of what they have earned, and for women is a share of1 what they have earned. And ask Allāh of His bounty. Indeed Allāh is ever, of all things, Knowing. [An-Nisaa: 32]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 32

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not wish for that by which Allāh has made some of you exceed others. For men is a share of what they have earned, and for women is a share of1 what they have earned. And ask Allāh of His bounty. Indeed Allāh is ever, of all things, Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 32

Wala tatamannaw ma faddala Allahu bihi baAAdakum AAala baAAdin lilrrijali naseebun mimma iktasaboo walilnnisai naseebun mimma iktasabna waisaloo Allaha min fadlihi inna Allaha kana bikulli shayin AAaleeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 32

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تَتَمَنَّوْاْ tatamannaw covet م ن ي
3 مَا ma what
4 فَضَّلَ faddala (has) bestowed ف ض ل
5 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
6 بِهِۦ bihi [with it]
7 بَعْضَكُمْ baAAdakum some of you ب ع ض
8 عَلَىٰ AAala over
9 بَعْضٍ baAAdin others ب ع ض
10 لِّلرِّجَالِ lilrrijali For men ر ج ل
11 نَصِيبٌ naseebun (is) a share ن ص ب
12 مِّمَّا mimma of what
13 اكْتَسَبُواْ iktasaboo they earned ك س ب
14 وَلِلنِّسَآءِ walilnnisai and for women ن س و
15 نَصِيبٌ naseebun (is) a share ن ص ب
16 مِّمَّا mimma of what
17 اكْتَسَبْنَ iktasabna they earned ك س ب
18 وَاسْأَلُواْ waisaloo And ask س أ ل
19 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
20 مِن min of
21 فَضْلِهِۦٓ fadlihi His bounty ف ض ل
22 إِنَّ inna Indeed
23 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
24 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
25 بِكُلِّ bikulli of every ك ل ل
26 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
27 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knower ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 33

وَلِكُلٍّۢ جَعَلْنَا مَوَٰلِىَ مِمَّا تَرَكَ ٱلْوَٰلِدَانِ وَٱلْأَقْرَبُونَ ۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ عَقَدَتْ أَيْمَٰنُكُمْ فَـَٔاتُوهُمْ نَصِيبَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ شَهِيدًا.(33)

And for all, We have made heirs to what is left by parents and relatives. And to those whom your oaths have bound [to you] - give them their share.1 Indeed Allāh is ever, over all things, a Witness. [An-Nisaa: 33]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 33

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And for all, We have made heirs to what is left by parents and relatives. And to those whom your oaths have bound [to you] - give them their share.1 Indeed Allāh is ever, over all things, a Witness.

Transliteration

Ayah 33

Walikullin jaAAalna mawaliya mimma taraka alwalidani waalaqraboona waallatheena AAaqadat aymanukum faatoohum naseebahum inna Allaha kana AAala kulli shayin shaheedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 33

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِكُلٍّ Walikullin And for all ك ل ل
2 جَعَلْنَا jaAAalna We (have) made ج ع ل
3 مَوَالِىَ mawaliya heirs و ل ي
4 مِمَّا mimma of what
5 تَرَكَ taraka (is) left ت ر ك
6 الْوَالِدَانِ alwalidani (by) the parents و ل د
7 وَالْأَقْرَبُونَ waalaqraboona and the relatives ق ر ب
8 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena And those whom
9 عَقَدَتْ AAaqadat pledged ع ق د
10 أَيْمَانُكُمْ aymanukum your right hands ي م ن
11 فَـَٔاتُوهُمْ faatoohum then give them أ ت ي
12 نَصِيبَهُمْ naseebahum their share ن ص ب
13 إِنَّ inna Indeed
14 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
15 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
16 عَلَىٰ AAala over
17 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
18 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
19 شَهِيدًا shaheedan a Witness ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 34

ٱلرِّجَالُ قَوَّٰمُونَ عَلَى ٱلنِّسَآءِ بِمَا فَضَّلَ ٱللَّـهُ بَعْضَهُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ وَبِمَآ أَنفَقُوا۟ مِنْ أَمْوَٰلِهِمْ ۚ فَٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتُ قَـٰنِتَـٰتٌ حَـٰفِظَـٰتٌ لِّلْغَيْبِ بِمَا حَفِظَ ٱللَّـهُ ۚ وَٱلَّـٰتِى تَخَافُونَ نُشُوزَهُنَّ فَعِظُوهُنَّ وَٱهْجُرُوهُنَّ فِى ٱلْمَضَاجِعِ وَٱضْرِبُوهُنَّ ۖ فَإِنْ أَطَعْنَكُمْ فَلَا تَبْغُوا۟ عَلَيْهِنَّ سَبِيلًا ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّـهَ كَانَ عَلِيًّا كَبِيرًا(34)

Men are in charge of women1 by [right of] what Allāh has given one over the other and what they spend [for maintenance] from their wealth. So righteous women are devoutly obedient, guarding in [the husband's] absence what Allāh would have them guard.2 But those [wives] from whom you fear arrogance3 - [first] advise them; [then if they persist], forsake them in bed; and [finally], strike them [lightly].4 But if they obey you [once more], seek no means against them. Indeed, Allāh is ever Exalted and Grand. [An-Nisaa: 34]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 34

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Men are in charge of women1 by [right of] what Allāh has given one over the other and what they spend [for maintenance] from their wealth. So righteous women are devoutly obedient, guarding in [the husband's] absence what Allāh would have them guard.2 But those [wives] from whom you fear arrogance3 - [first] advise them; [then if they persist], forsake them in bed; and [finally], strike them [lightly].4 But if they obey you [once more], seek no means against them. Indeed, Allāh is ever Exalted and Grand.

Transliteration

Ayah 34

Alrrijalu qawwamoona AAala alnnisai bima faddala Allahu baAAdahum AAala baAAdin wabima anfaqoo min amwalihim faalssalihatu qanitatun hafithatun lilghaybi bima hafitha Allahu waallatee takhafoona nushoozahunna faAAithoohunna waohjuroohunna fee almadajiAAi waidriboohunna fain ataAAnakum fala tabghoo AAalayhinna sabeelan inna Allaha kana AAaliyyan kabeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 34

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الرِّجَالُ Alrrijalu [The] men ر ج ل
2 قَوَّامُونَ qawwamoona (are) protectors ق و م
3 عَلَى AAala of
4 النِّسَآءِ alnnisai the women ن س و
5 بِمَا bima because
6 فَضَّلَ faddala (has) bestowed ف ض ل
7 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
8 بَعْضَهُمْ baAAdahum some of them ب ع ض
9 عَلَىٰ AAala over
10 بَعْضٍ baAAdin others ب ع ض
11 وَبِمَآ wabima and because
12 أَنفَقُواْ anfaqoo they spend ن ف ق
13 مِنْ min from
14 أَمْوَالِهِمْ amwalihim their wealth م و ل
15 فَالصَّالِحَاتُ faalssalihatu So the righteous women ص ل ح
16 قَانِتَاتٌ qanitatun (are) obedient ق ن ت
17 حَافِظَاتٌ hafithatun guarding ح ف ظ
18 لِّلْغَيْبِ lilghaybi in the unseen غ ي ب
19 بِمَا bima that which
20 حَفِظَ hafitha (orders) them to guard ح ف ظ
21 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
22 وَاللَّاتِى waallatee And those (from) whom
23 تَخَافُونَ takhafoona you fear خ و ف
24 نُشُوزَهُنَّ nushoozahunna their ill-conduct ن ش ز
25 فَعِظُوهُنَّ faAAithoohunna then advise them و ع ظ
26 وَاهْجُرُوهُنَّ waohjuroohunna and forsake them ه ج ر
27 فِى fee in
28 الْمَضَاجِعِ almadajiAAi the bed ض ج ع
29 وَاضْرِبُوهُنَّ waidriboohunna and [finally] strike them ض ر ب
30 فَإِنْ fain Then if
31 أَطَعْنَكُمْ ataAAnakum they obey you ط و ع
32 فَلَا fala then (do) not
33 تَبْغُواْ tabghoo seek ب غ ي
34 عَلَيْهِنَّ AAalayhinna against them
35 سَبِيلًا sabeelan a way س ب ل
36 إِنَّ inna Indeed
37 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
38 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
39 عَلِيًّا AAaliyyan Most High ع ل و
40 كَبِيرًا kabeeran Most Great ك ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 35

وَإِنْ خِفْتُمْ شِقَاقَ بَيْنِهِمَا فَٱبْعَثُوا۟ حَكَمًۭا مِّنْ أَهْلِهِۦ وَحَكَمًۭا مِّنْ أَهْلِهَآ إِن يُرِيدَآ إِصْلَٰحًۭا يُوَفِّقِ ٱللَّهُ بَيْنَهُمَآ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلِيمًا خَبِيرًۭا.(35)

And if you fear dissension between the two, send an arbitrator from his people and an arbitrator from her people. If they both desire reconciliation, Allāh will cause it between them. Indeed, Allāh is ever Knowing and Aware. [An-Nisaa: 35]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 35

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if you fear dissension between the two, send an arbitrator from his people and an arbitrator from her people. If they both desire reconciliation, Allāh will cause it between them. Indeed, Allāh is ever Knowing and Aware.

Transliteration

Ayah 35

Wain khiftum shiqaqa baynihima faibAAathoo hakaman min ahlihi wahakaman min ahliha in yureeda islahan yuwaffiqi Allahu baynahuma inna Allaha kana AAaleeman khabeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 35

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِنْ Wain And if
2 خِفْتُمْ khiftum you fear خ و ف
3 شِقَاقَ shiqaqa a dissension ش ق ق
4 بَيْنِهِمَا baynihima between (the) two of them ب ي ن
5 فَابْعَثُواْ faibAAathoo then send ب ع ث
6 حَكَمًا hakaman an arbitrator ح ك م
7 مِّنْ min from
8 أَهْلِهِۦ ahlihi his family أ ه ل
9 وَحَكَمًا wahakaman and an arbitrator ح ك م
10 مِّنْ min from
11 أَهْلِهَآ ahliha her family أ ه ل
12 إِن in If
13 يُرِيدَآ yureeda they both wish ر و د
14 إِصْلَاحًا islahan reconciliation ص ل ح
15 يُوَفِّقِ yuwaffiqi will cause reconciliation و ف ق
16 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
17 بَيْنَهُمَآ baynahuma between both of them ب ي ن
18 إِنَّ inna Indeed
19 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
20 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
21 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knower ع ل م
22 خَبِيرًا khabeeran All-Aware خ ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 36

وَٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَلَا تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِهِۦ شَيْـًۭٔا ۖ وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَٰنًۭا وَبِذِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْيَتَٰمَىٰ وَٱلْمَسَٰكِينِ وَٱلْجَارِ ذِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْجَارِ ٱلْجُنُبِ وَٱلصَّاحِبِ بِٱلْجَنۢبِ وَٱبْنِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ وَمَا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَٰنُكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ مَن كَانَ مُخْتَالًۭا فَخُورًا.(36)

Worship Allāh and associate nothing with Him, and to parents do good, and to relatives, orphans, the needy, the near neighbor, the neighbor farther away, the companion at your side,1 the traveler, and those whom your right hands possess. Indeed, Allāh does not like those who are self-deluding and boastful, [An-Nisaa: 36]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 36

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Worship Allāh and associate nothing with Him, and to parents do good, and to relatives, orphans, the needy, the near neighbor, the neighbor farther away, the companion at your side,1 the traveler, and those whom your right hands possess. Indeed, Allāh does not like those who are self-deluding and boastful,

Transliteration

Ayah 36

WaoAAbudoo Allaha wala tushrikoo bihi shayan wabialwalidayni ihsanan wabithee alqurba waalyatama waalmasakeeni waaljari thee alqurba waaljari aljunubi waalssahibi bialjanbi waibni alssabeeli wama malakat aymanukum inna Allaha la yuhibbu man kana mukhtalan fakhooran

Word-by-word

Ayah 36

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاعْبُدُواْ WaoAAbudoo And worship ع ب د
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 وَلَا wala And (do) not
4 تُشْرِكُواْ tushrikoo associate ش ر ك
5 بِهِۦ bihi with Him
6 شَيْئًا shayan anything ش ي أ
7 وَبِالْوَالِدَيْنِ wabialwalidayni and to the parents و ل د
8 إِحْسَانًا ihsanan (do) good ح س ن
9 وَبِذِى wabithee and with
10 الْقُرْبَىٰ alqurba the relatives ق ر ب
11 وَالْيَتَامَىٰ waalyatama and the orphans ي ت م
12 وَالْمَسَاكِينِ waalmasakeeni and the needy س ك ن
13 وَالْجَارِ waaljari and the neighbor ج و ر
14 ذِى thee (who is)
15 الْقُرْبَىٰ alqurba near ق ر ب
16 وَالْجَارِ waaljari and the neighbor ج و ر
17 الْجُنُبِ aljunubi (who is) farther away ج ن ب
18 وَالصَّاحِبِ waalssahibi and the companion ص ح ب
19 بِالْجَنبِ bialjanbi by your side ج ن ب
20 وَابْنِ waibni and the ب ن ي
21 السَّبِيلِ alssabeeli traveler س ب ل
22 وَمَا wama and what
23 مَلَكَتْ malakat possess[ed] م ل ك
24 أَيْمَانُكُمْ aymanukum your right hands ي م ن
25 إِنَّ inna Indeed
26 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
27 لَا la (does) not
28 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu love ح ب ب
29 مَن man (the one) who
30 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
31 مُخْتَالًا mukhtalan [a] proud خ ي ل
32 فَخُورًا fakhooran (and) [a] boastful ف خ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 37

ٱلَّذِينَ يَبْخَلُونَ وَيَأْمُرُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ بِٱلْبُخْلِ وَيَكْتُمُونَ مَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ ۗ وَأَعْتَدْنَا لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ عَذَابًۭا مُّهِينًۭا.(37)

Who are stingy and enjoin upon [other] people stinginess and conceal what Allāh has given them of His bounty - and We have prepared for the disbelievers a humiliating punishment - [An-Nisaa: 37]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 37

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Who are stingy and enjoin upon [other] people stinginess and conceal what Allāh has given them of His bounty - and We have prepared for the disbelievers a humiliating punishment -

Transliteration

Ayah 37

Allatheena yabkhaloona wayamuroona alnnasa bialbukhli wayaktumoona ma atahumu Allahu min fadlihi waaAAtadna lilkafireena AAathaban muheenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 37

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 يَبْخَلُونَ yabkhaloona are stingy ب خ ل
3 وَيَأْمُرُونَ wayamuroona and order أ م ر
4 النَّاسَ alnnasa the people ن و س
5 بِالْبُخْلِ bialbukhli [of] stinginess ب خ ل
6 وَيَكْتُمُونَ wayaktumoona and hide ك ت م
7 مَآ ma what
8 اٰتَاهُمُ atahumu (has) given them أ ت ي
9 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
10 مِن min of
11 فَضْلِهِۦ fadlihi His Bounty ف ض ل
12 وَأَعْتَدْنَا waaAAtadna and We (have) prepared ع ت د
13 لِلْكَافِرِينَ lilkafireena for the disbelievers ك ف ر
14 عَذَابًا AAathaban a punishment ع ذ ب
15 مُّهِينًا muheenan humiliating ه و ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 38

وَٱلَّذِينَ يُنفِقُونَ أَمْوَٰلَهُمْ رِئَآءَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَلَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَلَا بِٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ ۗ وَمَن يَكُنِ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ لَهُۥ قَرِينًۭا فَسَآءَ قَرِينًۭا.(38)

And [also] those who spend of their wealth to be seen by the people and believe not in Allāh nor in the Last Day. And he to whom Satan is a companion - then evil is he as a companion. [An-Nisaa: 38]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 38

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [also] those who spend of their wealth to be seen by the people and believe not in Allāh nor in the Last Day. And he to whom Satan is a companion - then evil is he as a companion.

Transliteration

Ayah 38

Waallatheena yunfiqoona amwalahum riaa alnnasi wala yuminoona biAllahi wala bialyawmi alakhiri waman yakuni alshshaytanu lahu qareenan fasaa qareenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 38

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who
2 يُنفِقُونَ yunfiqoona spend ن ف ق
3 أَمْوَالَهُمْ amwalahum their wealth م و ل
4 رِئَآءَ riaa to be seen ر أ ي
5 النَّاسِ alnnasi (by) the people ن و س
6 وَلَا wala and not
7 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona they believe أ م ن
8 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
9 وَلَا wala and not
10 بِالْيَوْمِ bialyawmi in the Day ي و م
11 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
12 وَمَن waman and whoever
13 يَكُنِ yakuni has ك و ن
14 الشَّيْطَانُ alshshaytanu the Shaitaan ش ط ن
15 لَهُۥ lahu for him
16 قَرِينًا qareenan (as) companion ق ر ن
17 فَسَآءَ fasaa then evil س و أ
18 قِرِينًا qareenan (is he as) a companion ق ر ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 39

وَمَاذَا عَلَيْهِمْ لَوْ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ وَأَنفَقُوا۟ مِمَّا رَزَقَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ بِهِمْ عَلِيمًا.(39)

And what [harm would come] upon them if they believed in Allāh and the Last Day and spent out of what Allāh provided for them? And Allāh is ever, about them, Knowing. [An-Nisaa: 39]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 39

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And what [harm would come] upon them if they believed in Allāh and the Last Day and spent out of what Allāh provided for them? And Allāh is ever, about them, Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 39

Wamatha AAalayhim law amanoo biAllahi waalyawmi alakhiri waanfaqoo mimma razaqahumu Allahu wakana Allahu bihim AAaleeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 39

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَاذَا Wamatha And what?
2 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim (is) against them
3 لَوْ law if
4 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo they believed أ م ن
5 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
6 وَالْيَوْمِ waalyawmi and the Day ي و م
7 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
8 وَأَنفَقُواْ waanfaqoo and spent ن ف ق
9 مِمَّا mimma from what
10 رَزَقَهُمُ razaqahumu (has) provided them ر ز ق
11 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
12 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
13 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
14 بِهِمْ bihim about them
15 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knower ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 40

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَظْلِمُ مِثْقَالَ ذَرَّةٍۢ ۖ وَإِن تَكُ حَسَنَةًۭ يُضَٰعِفْهَا وَيُؤْتِ مِن لَّدُنْهُ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًۭا.(40)

Indeed, Allāh does not do injustice, [even] as much as an atom's weight; while if there is a good deed, He multiplies it and gives from Himself a great reward. [An-Nisaa: 40]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 40

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, Allāh does not do injustice, [even] as much as an atom's weight; while if there is a good deed, He multiplies it and gives from Himself a great reward.

Transliteration

Ayah 40

Inna Allaha la yathlimu mithqala tharratin wain taku hasanatan yudaAAifha wayuti min ladunhu ajran AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 40

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 لَا la (does) not
4 يَظْلِمُ yathlimu wrong ظ ل م
5 مِثْقَالَ mithqala (as much as) weight ث ق ل
6 ذَرَّةٍ tharratin (of) an atom ذ ر ر
7 وَإِن wain And if
8 تَكُ taku there is ك و ن
9 حَسَنَةً hasanatan a good ح س ن
10 يُضَاعِفْهَا yudaAAifha He doubles it ض ع ف
11 وَيُؤْتِ wayuti and gives أ ت ي
12 مِن min from
13 لَّدُنْهُ ladunhu near Him ل د ن
14 أَجْرًا ajran a reward أ ج ر
15 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 41

فَكَيْفَ إِذَا جِئْنَا مِن كُلِّ أُمَّةٍۭ بِشَهِيدٍۢ وَجِئْنَا بِكَ عَلَىٰ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ شَهِيدًۭا.(41)

So how [will it be] when We bring from every nation a witness and We bring you, [O Muḥammad], against these [people] as a witness? [An-Nisaa: 41]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 41

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So how [will it be] when We bring from every nation a witness and We bring you, [O Muḥammad], against these [people] as a witness?

Transliteration

Ayah 41

Fakayfa itha jina min kulli ommatin bishaheedin wajina bika AAala haolai shaheedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 41

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَكَيْفَ Fakayfa So how (will it be)? ك ي ف
2 إِذَا itha when
3 جِئْنَا jina We bring ج ي أ
4 مِن min from
5 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
6 أمَّةٍ ommatin nation أ م م
7 بِشَهِيدٍ bishaheedin a witness ش ه د
8 وَجِئْنَا wajina and We bring ج ي أ
9 بِكَ bika you
10 عَلَىٰ AAala against
11 هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ haolai these (people)
12 شَهِيدًا shaheedan (as) a witness ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 42

يَوْمَئِذٍۢ يَوَدُّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَعَصَوُا۟ ٱلرَّسُولَ لَوْ تُسَوَّىٰ بِهِمُ ٱلْأَرْضُ وَلَا يَكْتُمُونَ ٱللَّهَ حَدِيثًۭا.(42)

That Day, those who disbelieved and disobeyed the Messenger will wish they could be covered by the earth. And they will not conceal from Allāh a [single] statement. [An-Nisaa: 42]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 42

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

That Day, those who disbelieved and disobeyed the Messenger will wish they could be covered by the earth. And they will not conceal from Allāh a [single] statement.

Transliteration

Ayah 42

Yawmaithin yawaddu allatheena kafaroo waAAasawoo alrrasoola law tusawwa bihimu alardu wala yaktumoona Allaha hadeethan

Word-by-word

Ayah 42

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَوْمَئِذٍ Yawmaithin (On) that Day
2 يَوَدُّ yawaddu will wish و د د
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
5 وَعَصَوُاْ waAAasawoo and disobeyed ع ص ي
6 الرَّسُولَ alrrasoola the Messenger ر س ل
7 لَوْ law if
8 تُسَوَّىٰ tusawwa was leveled س و ي
9 بِهِمُ bihimu with them
10 الْأَرْضُ alardu the earth أ ر ض
11 وَلَا wala and not
12 يَكْتُمُونَ yaktumoona they will (be able to) hide ك ت م
13 اللهَ Allaha (from) Allah أ ل ه
14 حَدِيثًا hadeethan (any) statement ح د ث

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 43

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَأَنتُمْ سُكَٰرَىٰ حَتَّىٰ تَعْلَمُوا۟ مَا تَقُولُونَ وَلَا جُنُبًا إِلَّا عَابِرِى سَبِيلٍ حَتَّىٰ تَغْتَسِلُوا۟ ۚ وَإِن كُنتُم مَّرْضَىٰٓ أَوْ عَلَىٰ سَفَرٍ أَوْ جَآءَ أَحَدٌۭ مِّنكُم مِّنَ ٱلْغَآئِطِ أَوْ لَٰمَسْتُمُ ٱلنِّسَآءَ فَلَمْ تَجِدُوا۟ مَآءًۭ فَتَيَمَّمُوا۟ صَعِيدًۭا طَيِّبًۭا فَٱمْسَحُوا۟ بِوُجُوهِكُمْ وَأَيْدِيكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَفُوًّا غَفُورًا.(43)

O you who have believed, do not approach prayer while you are intoxicated until you know what you are saying1 or in a state of janābah,2 except those passing through [a place of prayer], until you have washed [your whole body]. And if you are ill or on a journey or one of you comes from the place of relieving himself or you have contacted women [i.e., had sexual intercourse] and find no water, then seek clean earth and wipe over your faces and your hands [with it]. Indeed, Allāh is ever Pardoning3 and Forgiving. [An-Nisaa: 43]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 43

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not approach prayer while you are intoxicated until you know what you are saying1 or in a state of janābah,2 except those passing through [a place of prayer], until you have washed [your whole body]. And if you are ill or on a journey or one of you comes from the place of relieving himself or you have contacted women [i.e., had sexual intercourse] and find no water, then seek clean earth and wipe over your faces and your hands [with it]. Indeed, Allāh is ever Pardoning3 and Forgiving.

Transliteration

Ayah 43

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la taqraboo alssalata waantum sukara hatta taAAlamoo ma taqooloona wala junuban illa AAabiree sabeelin hatta taghtasiloo wain kuntum marda aw AAala safarin aw jaa ahadun minkum mina alghaiti aw lamastumu alnnisaa falam tajidoo maan fatayammamoo saAAeedan tayyiban faimsahoo biwujoohikum waaydeekum inna Allaha kana AAafuwwan ghafooran

Word-by-word

Ayah 43

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not
5 تَقْرَبُواْ taqraboo go near ق ر ب
6 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
7 وَأَنتُمْ waantum while you
8 سُكَارَى sukara (are) intoxicated س ك ر
9 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
10 تَعْلَمُوٓاْ taAAlamoo you know ع ل م
11 مَا ma what
12 تَقُولُونَ taqooloona you are saying ق و ل
13 وَلَا wala and not
14 جُنُبًا junuban (when you are) impure ج ن ب
15 إِلَّا illa except
16 عَابِرِى AAabiree (when) passing ع ب ر
17 سَبِيلٍ sabeelin (through) a way س ب ل
18 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
19 تَغْتَسِلُواْ taghtasiloo you have bathed غ س ل
20 وَإِن wain And if
21 كُنتُم kuntum you are ك و ن
22 مَّرْضَىٰٓ marda ill م ر ض
23 أَوْ aw or
24 عَلَىٰ AAala on
25 سَفَرٍ safarin a journey س ف ر
26 أَوْ aw or
27 جَآءَ jaa came ج ي أ
28 أَحَدٌ ahadun one أ ح د
29 مِّنكُم minkum of you
30 مِّنْ mina from
31 الْغَآئِطِ alghaiti the toilet غ و ط
32 أَوْ aw or
33 لَامَسْتُمُ lamastumu you have touched ل م س
34 النِّسَآءَ alnnisaa the women ن س و
35 فَلَمْ falam and not
36 تَجِدُواْ tajidoo you find و ج د
37 مَآءً maan water م و ه
38 فَتَيَمَّمُواْ fatayammamoo then do tayammum ي م م
39 صَعِيدًا saAAeedan (with) earth ص ع د
40 طَيِّبًا tayyiban clean ط ي ب
41 فَامْسَحُواْ faimsahoo and wipe (with it) م س ح
42 بِوُجُوهِكُمْ biwujoohikum your faces و ج ه
43 وَأَيْدِيكُمْ waaydeekum and your hands ي د ي
44 إِنَّ inna Indeed
45 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
46 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
47 عَفُوًّا AAafuwwan Oft-Pardoning ع ف و
48 غَفُورًا ghafooran Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 44

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ نَصِيبًۭا مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ يَشْتَرُونَ ٱلضَّلَٰلَةَ وَيُرِيدُونَ أَن تَضِلُّوا۟ ٱلسَّبِيلَ.(44)

Have you not seen those who were given a portion of the Scripture, purchasing error [in exchange for it] and wishing you would lose the way? [An-Nisaa: 44]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 44

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Have you not seen those who were given a portion of the Scripture, purchasing error [in exchange for it] and wishing you would lose the way?

Transliteration

Ayah 44

Alam tara ila allatheena ootoo naseeban mina alkitabi yashtaroona alddalalata wayureedoona an tadilloo alssabeela

Word-by-word

Ayah 44

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Did not?
2 تَرَ tara you see ر أ ي
3 إِلَى ila [towards]
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
5 أُوتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
6 نَصِيبًا naseeban a portion ن ص ب
7 مِّنَ mina of
8 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi the Book ك ت ب
9 يَشْتَرُونَ yashtaroona purchasing ش ر ي
10 الضَّلَالَةَ alddalalata [the] error ض ل ل
11 وَيُرِيدُونَ wayureedoona and wishing ر و د
12 أَن an that
13 تَضِلُّواْ tadilloo you stray ض ل ل
14 السَّبِيلَ alssabeela (from) the way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 45

وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِأَعْدَآئِكُمْ ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ وَلِيًّا وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ نَصِيرًۭا.(45)

And Allāh is most knowing of your enemies; and sufficient is Allāh as an ally, and sufficient is Allāh as a helper. [An-Nisaa: 45]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 45

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And Allāh is most knowing of your enemies; and sufficient is Allāh as an ally, and sufficient is Allāh as a helper.

Transliteration

Ayah 45

WaAllahu aAAlamu biaAAdaikum wakafa biAllahi waliyyan wakafa biAllahi naseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 45

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاللهُ WaAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
2 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu knows better ع ل م
3 بِأَعْدَآئِكُمْ biaAAdaikum about your enemies ع د و
4 وَكَفَىٰ wakafa and is sufficient ك ف ي
5 بِاللهِ biAllahi Allah أ ل ه
6 وَلِيًّا waliyyan (as) a Protector و ل ي
7 وَكَفَىٰ wakafa and sufficient ك ف ي
8 بِاللهِ biAllahi (is) Allah أ ل ه
9 نَصِيرًا naseeran (as) a Helper ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 46

مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ يُحَرِّفُونَ ٱلْكَلِمَ عَن مَّوَاضِعِهِۦ وَيَقُولُونَ سَمِعْنَا وَعَصَيْنَا وَٱسْمَعْ غَيْرَ مُسْمَعٍۢ وَرَٰعِنَا لَيًّۢا بِأَلْسِنَتِهِمْ وَطَعْنًۭا فِى ٱلدِّينِ ۚ وَلَوْ أَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا۟ سَمِعْنَا وَأَطَعْنَا وَٱسْمَعْ وَٱنظُرْنَا لَكَانَ خَيْرًۭا لَّهُمْ وَأَقْوَمَ وَلَٰكِن لَّعَنَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِكُفْرِهِمْ فَلَا يُؤْمِنُونَ إِلَّا قَلِيلًۭا.(46)

Among the Jews are those who distort words from their [proper] places [i.e., usages] and say, "We hear and disobey" and "Hear but be not heard" and "Rāʿinā,"1 twisting their tongues and defaming the religion. And if they had said [instead], "We hear and obey" and "Wait for us [to understand]," it would have been better for them and more suitable. But Allāh has cursed them for their disbelief, so they believe not, except for a few.2 [An-Nisaa: 46]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 46

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Among the Jews are those who distort words from their [proper] places [i.e., usages] and say, "We hear and disobey" and "Hear but be not heard" and "Rāʿinā,"1 twisting their tongues and defaming the religion. And if they had said [instead], "We hear and obey" and "Wait for us [to understand]," it would have been better for them and more suitable. But Allāh has cursed them for their disbelief, so they believe not, except for a few.2

Transliteration

Ayah 46

Mina allatheena hadoo yuharrifoona alkalima AAan mawadiAAihi wayaqooloona samiAAna waAAasayna waismaAA ghayra musmaAAin waraAAina layyan bialsinatihim wataAAnan fee alddeeni walaw annahum qaloo samiAAna waataAAna waismaAA waonthurna lakana khayran lahum waaqwama walakin laAAanahumu Allahu bikufrihim fala yuminoona illa qaleelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 46

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مِّنَ Mina Of
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 هَادُواْ hadoo are Jews ه و د
4 يُحَرِّفُونَ yuharrifoona they distort ح ر ف
5 الْكَلِمَ alkalima the words ك ل م
6 عَن AAan from
7 مَّوَاضِعِهِۦ mawadiAAihi their places و ض ع
8 وَيَقُولُونَ wayaqooloona and they say ق و ل
9 سَمِعْنَا samiAAna We hear[d] س م ع
10 وَعَصَيْنَا waAAasayna and we disobey[ed] ع ص ي
11 وَاسْمَعْ waismaAA and Hear س م ع
12 غَيْرَ ghayra not غ ي ر
13 مُسْمَعٍ musmaAAin to be heard س م ع
14 وَرَاعِنَا waraAAina and Raina ر ع ي
15 لَيًّا layyan twisting ل و ي
16 بِأَلْسِنَتِهِمْ bialsinatihim [with] their tongues ل س ن
17 وَطَعْنًا wataAAnan and defaming ط ع ن
18 فِى fee [in]
19 الدِّينِ alddeeni the religion د ي ن
20 وَلَوْ walaw And if
21 أَنَّهُمْ annahum [that] they
22 قَالُواْ qaloo (had) said ق و ل
23 سَمِعْنَا samiAAna We hear[d] س م ع
24 وَأَطَعْنَا waataAAna and we obey[ed] ط و ع
25 وَاسْمَعْ waismaAA and Hear س م ع
26 وَانظُرْنَا waonthurna and look (at) us ن ظ ر
27 لَكَانَ lakana surely it (would) have been ك و ن
28 خَيْرًا khayran better خ ي ر
29 لَّهُمْ lahum for them
30 وَأَقْوَمَ waaqwama and more suitable ق و م
31 وَلَٰكِن walakin [And] but
32 لَّعَنَهُمُ laAAanahumu cursed them ل ع ن
33 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
34 بِكُفْرِهِمْ bikufrihim for their disbelief ك ف ر
35 فَلَا fala so not
36 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona they believe أ م ن
37 إِلَّا illa except
38 قَلِيلًا qaleelan a few ق ل ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 47

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِمَا نَزَّلْنَا مُصَدِّقًۭا لِّمَا مَعَكُم مِّن قَبْلِ أَن نَّطْمِسَ وُجُوهًۭا فَنَرُدَّهَا عَلَىٰٓ أَدْبَارِهَآ أَوْ نَلْعَنَهُمْ كَمَا لَعَنَّآ أَصْحَٰبَ ٱلسَّبْتِ ۚ وَكَانَ أَمْرُ ٱللَّهِ مَفْعُولًا.(47)

O you who were given the Scripture, believe in what We have sent down [to Prophet Muḥammad (ﷺ)], confirming that which is with you, before We obliterate faces and turn them toward their backs or curse them as We cursed the sabbath-breakers.1 And ever is the matter [i.e., decree] of Allāh accomplished. [An-Nisaa: 47]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 47

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who were given the Scripture, believe in what We have sent down [to Prophet Muḥammad (ﷺ)], confirming that which is with you, before We obliterate faces and turn them toward their backs or curse them as We cursed the sabbath-breakers.1 And ever is the matter [i.e., decree] of Allāh accomplished.

Transliteration

Ayah 47

Ya ayyuha allatheena ootoo alkitaba aminoo bima nazzalna musaddiqan lima maAAakum min qabli an natmisa wujoohan fanaruddaha AAala adbariha aw nalAAanahum kama laAAanna ashaba alssabti wakana amru Allahi mafAAoolan

Word-by-word

Ayah 47

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 أُوتُواْ ootoo (have) been given أ ت ي
4 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
5 اٰمِنُواْ aminoo believe أ م ن
6 بِمَا bima in what
7 نَزَّلْنَا nazzalna We (have) revealed ن ز ل
8 مُصَدِّقًا musaddiqan confirming ص د ق
9 لِّمَا lima what is
10 مَعَكُم maAAakum with you
11 مِّن min from
12 قَبْلِ qabli before ق ب ل
13 أَن an [that]
14 نَّطْمِسَ natmisa We efface ط م س
15 وُجُوهًا wujoohan faces و ج ه
16 فَنَرُدَّهَا fanaruddaha and turn them ر د د
17 عَلَىٰٓ AAala on
18 أَدْبَارِهَا adbariha their backs د ب ر
19 أَوْ aw or
20 نَلْعَنَهُمْ nalAAanahum We curse them ل ع ن
21 كَمَا kama as
22 لَعَنَّآ laAAanna We cursed ل ع ن
23 أَصْحَابَ ashaba companions ص ح ب
24 السَّبْتِ alssabti (of) the Sabbath س ب ت
25 وَكَانَ wakana And is ك و ن
26 أَمْرُ amru (the) command أ م ر
27 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
28 مَفْعُولًا mafAAoolan (always) executed ف ع ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 48

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَغْفِرُ أَن يُشْرَكَ بِهِۦ وَيَغْفِرُ مَا دُونَ ذَٰلِكَ لِمَن يَشَآءُ ۚ وَمَن يُشْرِكْ بِٱللَّهِ فَقَدِ ٱفْتَرَىٰٓ إِثْمًا عَظِيمًا.(48)

Indeed, Allāh does not forgive association with Him, but He forgives what is less than that for whom He wills. And he who associates others with Allāh has certainly fabricated a tremendous sin. [An-Nisaa: 48]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 48

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, Allāh does not forgive association with Him, but He forgives what is less than that for whom He wills. And he who associates others with Allāh has certainly fabricated a tremendous sin.

Transliteration

Ayah 48

Inna Allaha la yaghfiru an yushraka bihi wayaghfiru ma doona thalika liman yashao waman yushrik biAllahi faqadi iftara ithman AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 48

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 لَا la (does) not
4 يَغْفِرُ yaghfiru forgive غ ف ر
5 أَن an that
6 يُشْرَكَ yushraka partners be associated ش ر ك
7 بِهِۦ bihi with Him
8 وَيَغْفِرُ wayaghfiru but He forgives غ ف ر
9 مَا ma from
10 دُونَ doona other than د و ن
11 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
12 لِمَن liman for whom
13 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
14 وَمَن waman And whoever
15 يُشْرِكْ yushrik associates partners ش ر ك
16 بِاللهِ biAllahi with Allah أ ل ه
17 فَقَدِ faqadi then surely
18 افْتَرَىٰٓ iftara he has fabricated ف ر ي
19 إِثْمًا ithman a sin أ ث م
20 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman tremendous ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 49

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يُزَكُّونَ أَنفُسَهُم ۚ بَلِ ٱللَّهُ يُزَكِّى مَن يَشَآءُ وَلَا يُظْلَمُونَ فَتِيلًا.(49)

Have you not seen those who claim themselves to be pure? Rather, Allāh purifies whom He wills, and injustice is not done to them, [even] as much as a thread [inside a date seed]. [An-Nisaa: 49]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 49

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Have you not seen those who claim themselves to be pure? Rather, Allāh purifies whom He wills, and injustice is not done to them, [even] as much as a thread [inside a date seed].

Transliteration

Ayah 49

Alam tara ila allatheena yuzakkoona anfusahum bali Allahu yuzakkee man yashao wala yuthlamoona fateelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 49

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Do not?
2 تَرَ tara you see ر أ ي
3 إِلَى ila [towards]
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
5 يُزَكُّونَ yuzakkoona claim purity ز ك و
6 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum (for) themselves ن ف س
7 بَلِ bali Nay
8 اللهُ Allahu (it is) Allah أ ل ه
9 يُزَكِّى yuzakkee He purifies ز ك و
10 مَن man whom
11 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
12 وَلَا wala and not
13 يُظْلَمُونَ yuthlamoona they will be wronged ظ ل م
14 فَتِيلًا fateelan (even as much as) a hair on a date-seed ف ت ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 50

ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ يَفْتَرُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْكَذِبَ ۖ وَكَفَىٰ بِهِۦٓ إِثْمًۭا مُّبِينًا.(50)

Look how they invent about Allāh untruth, and sufficient is that as a manifest sin. [An-Nisaa: 50]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 50

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Look how they invent about Allāh untruth, and sufficient is that as a manifest sin.

Transliteration

Ayah 50

Onthur kayfa yaftaroona AAala Allahi alkathiba wakafa bihi ithman mubeenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 50

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 انظُرْ Onthur See ن ظ ر
2 كَيفَ kayfa how? ك ي ف
3 يَفْتَرُونَ yaftaroona they invent ف ر ي
4 عَلَى AAala about
5 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
6 الْكَذِبَ alkathiba [the] lie ك ذ ب
7 وَكَفَىٰ wakafa and sufficient ك ف ي
8 بِهِۦٓ bihi is it
9 إِثْمًا ithman (as) a sin أ ث م
10 مُّبِينًا mubeenan manifest ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 51

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ نَصِيبًۭا مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْجِبْتِ وَٱلطَّٰغُوتِ وَيَقُولُونَ لِلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ أَهْدَىٰ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ سَبِيلًا.(51)

Have you not seen those who were given a portion of the Scripture, who believe in jibt [superstition] and ṭāghūt [false objects of worship] and say about the disbelievers, "These are better guided than the believers as to the way"? [An-Nisaa: 51]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 51

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Have you not seen those who were given a portion of the Scripture, who believe in jibt [superstition] and ṭāghūt [false objects of worship] and say about the disbelievers, "These are better guided than the believers as to the way"?

Transliteration

Ayah 51

Alam tara ila allatheena ootoo naseeban mina alkitabi yuminoona bialjibti waalttaghooti wayaqooloona lillatheena kafaroo haolai ahda mina allatheena amanoo sabeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 51

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Do not?
2 تَرَ tara you see ر أ ي
3 إِلَى ila [towards]
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
5 أُوتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
6 نَصِيبًا naseeban a portion ن ص ب
7 مِّنَ mina of
8 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi the Book ك ت ب
9 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona They believe أ م ن
10 بِالْجِبْتِ bialjibti in the superstition ج ب ت
11 وَالطَّاغُوتِ waalttaghooti and the false deities ط غ ي
12 وَيَقُولُونَ wayaqooloona and they say ق و ل
13 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena for those who
14 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve[d] ك ف ر
15 هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ haolai These
16 أَهْدَىٰ ahda (are) better guided ه د ي
17 مِنَ mina than
18 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
19 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d] أ م ن
20 سَبِيلًا sabeelan (as to the) way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 52

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَعَنَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۖ وَمَن يَلْعَنِ ٱللَّهُ فَلَن تَجِدَ لَهُۥ نَصِيرًا.(52)

Those are the ones whom Allāh has cursed; and he whom Allāh curses - never will you find for him a helper. [An-Nisaa: 52]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 52

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those are the ones whom Allāh has cursed; and he whom Allāh curses - never will you find for him a helper.

Transliteration

Ayah 52

Olaika allatheena laAAanahumu Allahu waman yalAAani Allahu falan tajida lahu naseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 52

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ Olaika Those
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena (are) the ones
3 لَعَنَهُمُ laAAanahumu (who have been) cursed ل ع ن
4 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
5 وَمَن waman and whoever
6 يَلْعَنِ yalAAani (is) cursed ل ع ن
7 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
8 فَلَن falan then never
9 تَجِدَ tajida will you find و ج د
10 لَهُۥ lahu for him
11 نَصِيرًا naseeran (any) helper ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 53

أَمْ لَهُمْ نَصِيبٌۭ مِّنَ ٱلْمُلْكِ فَإِذًۭا لَّا يُؤْتُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ نَقِيرًا.(53)

Or have they a share of dominion? Then [if that were so], they would not give the people [even as much as] the speck on a date seed. [An-Nisaa: 53]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 53

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Or have they a share of dominion? Then [if that were so], they would not give the people [even as much as] the speck on a date seed.

Transliteration

Ayah 53

Am lahum naseebun mina almulki faithan la yutoona alnnasa naqeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 53

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَمْ Am Or
2 لَهُمْ lahum for them
3 نَصِيبٌ naseebun (is) a share ن ص ب
4 مِّنَ mina of
5 الْمُلْكِ almulki the Kingdom م ل ك
6 فَإِذًا faithan Then
7 لَّا la not would
8 يُؤْتُونَ yutoona they give أ ت ي
9 النَّاسَ alnnasa the people ن و س
10 نَقِيرًا naqeeran (even as much as the) speck on a date seed ن ق ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 54

أَمْ يَحْسُدُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ عَلَىٰ مَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ ۖ فَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَآ ءَالَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَءَاتَيْنَٰهُم مُّلْكًا عَظِيمًۭا.(54)

Or do they envy people for what Allāh has given them of His bounty? But We had already given the family of Abraham the Scripture and wisdom1 and conferred upon them a great kingdom. [An-Nisaa: 54]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 54

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Or do they envy people for what Allāh has given them of His bounty? But We had already given the family of Abraham the Scripture and wisdom1 and conferred upon them a great kingdom.

Transliteration

Ayah 54

Am yahsudoona alnnasa AAala ma atahumu Allahu min fadlihi faqad atayna ala ibraheema alkitaba waalhikmata waataynahum mulkan AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 54

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَمْ Am Or
2 يَحْسُدُونَ yahsudoona are they jealous ح س د
3 النَّاسَ alnnasa (of) the people ن و س
4 عَلَىٰ AAala for
5 مَآ ma what
6 اٰتَاهُمُ atahumu gave them أ ت ي
7 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
8 مِن min from
9 فَضْلِهِۦ fadlihi His Bounty ف ض ل
10 فَقَدْ faqad But surely
11 اٰتَيْنَآ atayna We gave أ ت ي
12 اٰلَ ala (the) family أ و ل
13 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema (of) Ibrahim
14 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
15 وَالْحِكْمَةَ waalhikmata and [the] wisdom ح ك م
16 وَآتَيْنَاهُم waataynahum and [We] gave them أ ت ي
17 مُّلْكًا mulkan a kingdom م ل ك
18 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 55

فَمِنْهُم مَّنْ ءَامَنَ بِهِۦ وَمِنْهُم مَّن صَدَّ عَنْهُ ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِجَهَنَّمَ سَعِيرًا.(55)

And some among them believed in it,1 and some among them were averse to it. And sufficient is Hell as a blaze. [An-Nisaa: 55]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 55

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And some among them believed in it,1 and some among them were averse to it. And sufficient is Hell as a blaze.

Transliteration

Ayah 55

Faminhum man amana bihi waminhum man sadda AAanhu wakafa bijahannama saAAeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 55

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَمِنْهُم Faminhum Then of them
2 مَّنْ man (are some) who
3 اٰمَنَ amana believed أ م ن
4 بِهِۦ bihi in him
5 وَمِنْهُم waminhum and of them
6 مَّن man (are some) who
7 صَدَّ sadda turned away ص د د
8 عَنْهُ AAanhu from him
9 وَكَفَىٰ wakafa and sufficient ك ف ي
10 بِجَهَنَّمَ bijahannama (is) Hell
11 سَعِيرًا saAAeeran (as a) Blazing Fire س ع ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 56

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا سَوْفَ نُصْلِيهِمْ نَارًۭا كُلَّمَا نَضِجَتْ جُلُودُهُم بَدَّلْنَٰهُمْ جُلُودًا غَيْرَهَا لِيَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَزِيزًا حَكِيمًۭا.(56)

Indeed, those who disbelieve in Our verses - We will drive them into a fire. Every time their skins are roasted through, We will replace them with other skins so they may taste the punishment. Indeed, Allāh is ever Exalted in Might and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 56]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 56

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who disbelieve in Our verses - We will drive them into a fire. Every time their skins are roasted through, We will replace them with other skins so they may taste the punishment. Indeed, Allāh is ever Exalted in Might and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 56

Inna allatheena kafaroo biayatina sawfa nusleehim naran kullama nadijat julooduhum baddalnahum juloodan ghayraha liyathooqoo alAAathaba inna Allaha kana AAazeezan hakeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 56

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
4 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina in Our Signs أ ي ي
5 سَوْفَ sawfa soon
6 نُصْلِيهِمْ nusleehim We will burn them ص ل ي
7 نَارًا naran (in) a Fire ن و ر
8 كُلَّمَا kullama Every time ك ل ل
9 نَضِجَتْ nadijat are roasted ن ض ج
10 جُلُودُهُمْ julooduhum their skins ج ل د
11 بَدَّلْنَاهُمْ baddalnahum We will change their ب د ل
12 جُلُودًا juloodan skins ج ل د
13 غَيْرَهَا ghayraha for other (than) that غ ي ر
14 لِيَذُوقُواْ liyathooqoo so that they may taste ذ و ق
15 الْعَذَابَ alAAathaba the punishment ع ذ ب
16 إِنَّ inna Indeed
17 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
18 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
19 عَزِيزًا AAazeezan All-Mighty ع ز ز
20 حَكِيمًا hakeeman All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 57

وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ سَنُدْخِلُهُمْ جَنَّٰتٍۢ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًۭا ۖ لَّهُمْ فِيهَآ أَزْوَٰجٌۭ مُّطَهَّرَةٌۭ ۖ وَنُدْخِلُهُمْ ظِلًّا ظَلِيلًا.(57)

But those who believe and do righteous deeds - We will admit them to gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they abide forever. For them therein are purified spouses, and We will admit them to deepening shade. [An-Nisaa: 57]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 57

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those who believe and do righteous deeds - We will admit them to gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they abide forever. For them therein are purified spouses, and We will admit them to deepening shade.

Transliteration

Ayah 57

Waallatheena amanoo waAAamiloo alssalihati sanudkhiluhum jannatin tajree min tahtiha alanharu khalideena feeha abadan lahum feeha azwajun mutahharatun wanudkhiluhum thillan thaleelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 57

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who
2 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d] أ م ن
3 وَعَمِلُواْ waAAamiloo and did ع م ل
4 الصَّالِحَاتِ alssalihati the good deeds ص ل ح
5 سَنُدْخِلُهُمْ sanudkhiluhum We will admit them د خ ل
6 جَنَّاتٍ jannatin (in) Gardens ج ن ن
7 تَجْرِى tajree flows ج ر ي
8 مِن min from
9 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath it ت ح ت
10 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
11 خَالِدِينَ khalideena will abide خ ل د
12 فِيهَآ feeha in it
13 أَبَدًا abadan forever أ ب د
14 لَّهُمْ lahum For them
15 فِيهَآ feeha in it
16 أَزْوَاجٌ azwajun (are) spouses ز و ج
17 مُّطَهَّرَةٌ mutahharatun pure ط ه ر
18 وَنُدْخِلُهُمْ wanudkhiluhum and We will admit them د خ ل
19 ظِلًّا thillan (in the) shade ظ ل ل
20 ظَلِيلًا thaleelan thick ظ ل ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 58

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَأْمُرُكُمْ أَن تُؤَدُّوا۟ ٱلْأَمَٰنَٰتِ إِلَىٰٓ أَهْلِهَا وَإِذَا حَكَمْتُم بَيْنَ ٱلنَّاسِ أَن تَحْكُمُوا۟ بِٱلْعَدْلِ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ نِعِمَّا يَعِظُكُم بِهِۦٓ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ سَمِيعًۢا بَصِيرًۭا.(58)

Indeed, Allāh commands you to render trusts to whom they are due and when you judge between people to judge with justice. Excellent is that which Allāh instructs you. Indeed, Allāh is ever Hearing and Seeing. [An-Nisaa: 58]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 58

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, Allāh commands you to render trusts to whom they are due and when you judge between people to judge with justice. Excellent is that which Allāh instructs you. Indeed, Allāh is ever Hearing and Seeing.

Transliteration

Ayah 58

Inna Allaha yamurukum an tuaddoo alamanati ila ahliha waitha hakamtum bayna alnnasi an tahkumoo bialAAadli inna Allaha niAAimma yaAAithukum bihi inna Allaha kana sameeAAan baseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 58

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 يَأْمُرُكُمْ yamurukum orders you أ م ر
4 أَن an to
5 تُؤدُّواْ tuaddoo render أ د ي
6 الْأَمَٰنَٰتِ alamanati the trusts أ م ن
7 إِلَىٰٓ ila to
8 أَهْلِهَا ahliha their owners أ ه ل
9 وَإِذَا waitha and when
10 حَكَمْتُم hakamtum you judge ح ك م
11 بَيْنَ bayna between ب ي ن
12 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
13 أَن an to
14 تَحْكُمُواْ tahkumoo judge ح ك م
15 بِالْعَدْلِ bialAAadli with justice ع د ل
16 إِنَّ inna Indeed
17 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
18 نِعِمَّا niAAimma excellently ن ع م
19 يَعِظُكُم yaAAithukum advises you و ع ظ
20 بِهِۦٓ bihi with it
21 إِنَّ inna Indeed
22 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
23 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
24 سَمِيعًا sameeAAan All-Hearing س م ع
25 بَصِيرًا baseeran All-Seeing ب ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 59

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱلرَّسُولَ وَأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَمْرِ مِنكُمْ ۖ فَإِن تَنَٰزَعْتُمْ فِى شَىْءٍۢ فَرُدُّوهُ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَٱلرَّسُولِ إِن كُنتُمْ تُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ خَيْرٌۭ وَأَحْسَنُ تَأْوِيلًا.(59)

O you who have believed, obey Allāh and obey the Messenger and those in authority among you. And if you disagree over anything, refer it to Allāh and the Messenger, if you should believe in Allāh and the Last Day. That is the best [way] and best in result. [An-Nisaa: 59]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 59

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, obey Allāh and obey the Messenger and those in authority among you. And if you disagree over anything, refer it to Allāh and the Messenger, if you should believe in Allāh and the Last Day. That is the best [way] and best in result.

Transliteration

Ayah 59

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo ateeAAoo Allaha waateeAAoo alrrasoola waolee alamri minkum fain tanazaAAtum fee shayin faruddoohu ila Allahi waalrrasooli in kuntum tuminoona biAllahi waalyawmi alakhiri thalika khayrun waahsanu taweelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 59

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 أَطِيعُواْ ateeAAoo Obey ط و ع
5 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
6 وَأَطِيعُواْ waateeAAoo and obey ط و ع
7 الرَّسُولَ alrrasoola the Messenger ر س ل
8 وَأُوْلِى waolee and those أ و ل
9 الْأَمْرِ alamri (having) authority أ م ر
10 مِنكُمْ minkum among you
11 فَإِن fain Then if
12 تَنَازَعْتُمْ tanazaAAtum you disagree ن ز ع
13 فِى fee in
14 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
15 فَرُدُّوهُ faruddoohu refer it ر د د
16 إِلَى ila to
17 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
18 وَالرَّسُولِ waalrrasooli and the Messenger ر س ل
19 إِن in if
20 كُنتُمْ kuntum you ك و ن
21 تُؤْمِنُونَ tuminoona believe أ م ن
22 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
23 وَالْيَوْمِ waalyawmi and the Day ي و م
24 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri [the] Last أ خ ر
25 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That
26 خَيْرٌ khayrun (is) best خ ي ر
27 وَأَحْسَنُ waahsanu and more suitable ح س ن
28 تَأْوِيلًا taweelan (for final) determination أ و ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 60

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يَزْعُمُونَ أَنَّهُمْ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ مِن قَبْلِكَ يُرِيدُونَ أَن يَتَحَاكَمُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلطَّٰغُوتِ وَقَدْ أُمِرُوٓا۟ أَن يَكْفُرُوا۟ بِهِۦ وَيُرِيدُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ أَن يُضِلَّهُمْ ضَلَٰلًۢا بَعِيدًۭا.(60)

Have you not seen those who claim to have believed in what was revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], and what was revealed before you? They wish to refer legislation to ṭāghūt,1 while they were commanded to reject it; and Satan wishes to lead them far astray. [An-Nisaa: 60]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 60

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Have you not seen those who claim to have believed in what was revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], and what was revealed before you? They wish to refer legislation to ṭāghūt,1 while they were commanded to reject it; and Satan wishes to lead them far astray.

Transliteration

Ayah 60

Alam tara ila allatheena yazAAumoona annahum amanoo bima onzila ilayka wama onzila min qablika yureedoona an yatahakamoo ila alttaghooti waqad omiroo an yakfuroo bihi wayureedu alshshaytanu an yudillahum dalalan baAAeedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 60

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Do not?
2 تَرَ tara you see ر أ ي
3 إِلَى ila [towards]
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
5 يَزْعُمُونَ yazAAumoona claim ز ع م
6 أَنَّهُمْ annahum that they
7 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
8 بِمَآ bima in what
9 أُنزِلَ onzila (is) revealed ن ز ل
10 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
11 وَمَآ wama and what
12 أُنزِلَ onzila was revealed ن ز ل
13 مِن min from
14 قَبْلِكَ qablika before you ق ب ل
15 يُرِيدُونَ yureedoona They wish ر و د
16 أَن an to
17 يَتَحَاكَمُوٓاْ yatahakamoo go for judgment ح ك م
18 إِلَى ila to
19 الطَّاغُوتِ alttaghooti the false deities ط غ ي
20 وَقَدْ waqad and surely
21 أُمِرُوٓاْ omiroo they were ordered أ م ر
22 أَن an to
23 يَكْفُرُواْ yakfuroo reject ك ف ر
24 بِهِۦ bihi [with] it
25 وَيُرِيدُ wayureedu And wishes ر و د
26 الشَّيْطَانُ alshshaytanu the Shaitaan ش ط ن
27 أَن an to
28 يُضِلَّهُمْ yudillahum mislead them ض ل ل
29 ضَلَالًا dalalan astray ض ل ل
30 بَعِيدًا baAAeedan far away ب ع د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 61

وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمْ تَعَالَوْا۟ إِلَىٰ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ وَإِلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ رَأَيْتَ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ يَصُدُّونَ عَنكَ صُدُودًۭا.(61)

And when it is said to them, "Come to what Allāh has revealed and to the Messenger," you see the hypocrites turning away from you in aversion. [An-Nisaa: 61]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 61

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when it is said to them, "Come to what Allāh has revealed and to the Messenger," you see the hypocrites turning away from you in aversion.

Transliteration

Ayah 61

Waitha qeela lahum taAAalaw ila ma anzala Allahu waila alrrasooli raayta almunafiqeena yasuddoona AAanka sudoodan

Word-by-word

Ayah 61

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 قِيلَ qeela it is said ق و ل
3 لَهُمْ lahum to them
4 تَعَالَوْاْ taAAalaw Come ع ل و
5 إِلَىٰ ila to
6 مَآ ma what
7 أَنزَلَ anzala (has) revealed ن ز ل
8 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
9 وَإِلَى waila and to
10 الرَّسُولِ alrrasooli the Messenger ر س ل
11 رَأَيْتَ raayta you see ر أ ي
12 الْمُنَافِقِينَ almunafiqeena the hypocrites ن ف ق
13 يَصُدُّونَ yasuddoona turning away ص د د
14 عَنكَ AAanka from you
15 صُدُودًا sudoodan (in) aversion ص د د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 62

فَكَيْفَ إِذَآ أَصَٰبَتْهُم مُّصِيبَةٌۢ بِمَا قَدَّمَتْ أَيْدِيهِمْ ثُمَّ جَآءُوكَ يَحْلِفُونَ بِٱللَّهِ إِنْ أَرَدْنَآ إِلَّآ إِحْسَٰنًۭا وَتَوْفِيقًا.(62)

So how [will it be] when disaster strikes them because of what their hands have put forth and then they come to you swearing by Allāh, "We intended nothing but good conduct and accommodation." [An-Nisaa: 62]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 62

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So how [will it be] when disaster strikes them because of what their hands have put forth and then they come to you swearing by Allāh, "We intended nothing but good conduct and accommodation."

Transliteration

Ayah 62

Fakayfa itha asabathum museebatun bima qaddamat aydeehim thumma jaooka yahlifoona biAllahi in aradna illa ihsanan watawfeeqan

Word-by-word

Ayah 62

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَكَيْفَ Fakayfa So how? ك ي ف
2 إِذَا itha when
3 أَصَابَتْهُم asabathum befalls them ص و ب
4 مُّصِيبَةٌ museebatun disaster ص و ب
5 بِمَا bima for what
6 قَدَّمَتْ qaddamat sent forth ق د م
7 أَيْدِيهِمْ aydeehim their hands ي د ي
8 ثُمَّ thumma then
9 جَآءُوكَ jaooka they come to you ج ي أ
10 يَحْلِفُونَ yahlifoona swearing ح ل ف
11 بِاللهِ biAllahi by Allah أ ل ه
12 إِنْ in Not
13 أَرَدْنَا aradna we intended ر و د
14 إِلَّآ illa except
15 إِحْسَانًا ihsanan good ح س ن
16 وَتَوْفِيقًا watawfeeqan and reconciliation و ف ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 63

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَعْلَمُ ٱللَّهُ مَا فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ فَأَعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ وَعِظْهُمْ وَقُل لَّهُمْ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ قَوْلًۢا بَلِيغًۭا.(63)

Those are the ones of whom Allāh knows what is in their hearts, so turn away from them1 but admonish them and speak to them a far-reaching [i.e., effective] word. [An-Nisaa: 63]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 63

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those are the ones of whom Allāh knows what is in their hearts, so turn away from them1 but admonish them and speak to them a far-reaching [i.e., effective] word.

Transliteration

Ayah 63

Olaika allatheena yaAAlamu Allahu ma fee quloobihim faaAArid AAanhum waAAithhum waqul lahum fee anfusihim qawlan baleeghan

Word-by-word

Ayah 63

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ Olaika Those
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena (are) the ones who
3 يَعْلَمُ yaAAlamu knows ع ل م
4 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
5 مَا ma what
6 فِى fee (is) in
7 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
8 فَأَعْرِضْ faaAArid so turn away ع ر ض
9 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them
10 وَعِظْهُمْ waAAithhum and admonish them و ع ظ
11 وَقُل waqul and say ق و ل
12 لَّهُمْ lahum to them
13 فِىٓ fee concerning
14 أَنفُسِهِمْ anfusihim their souls ن ف س
15 قَوْلًا qawlan a word ق و ل
16 بَلِيغًا baleeghan penetrating ب ل غ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 64

وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَا مِن رَّسُولٍ إِلَّا لِيُطَاعَ بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ وَلَوْ أَنَّهُمْ إِذ ظَّلَمُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ جَآءُوكَ فَٱسْتَغْفَرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱسْتَغْفَرَ لَهُمُ ٱلرَّسُولُ لَوَجَدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ تَوَّابًۭا رَّحِيمًۭا.(64)

And We did not send any messenger except to be obeyed by permission of Allāh. And if, when they wronged themselves, they had come to you, [O Muḥammad], and asked forgiveness of Allāh and the Messenger had asked forgiveness for them, they would have found Allāh Accepting of Repentance and Merciful. [An-Nisaa: 64]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 64

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We did not send any messenger except to be obeyed by permission of Allāh. And if, when they wronged themselves, they had come to you, [O Muḥammad], and asked forgiveness of Allāh and the Messenger had asked forgiveness for them, they would have found Allāh Accepting of Repentance and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 64

Wama arsalna min rasoolin illa liyutaAAa biithni Allahi walaw annahum ith thalamoo anfusahum jaooka faistaghfaroo Allaha waistaghfara lahumu alrrasoolu lawajadoo Allaha tawwaban raheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 64

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَآ Wama And not
2 أَرْسَلْنَا arsalna We sent ر س ل
3 مِن min any
4 رَّسُولٍ rasoolin Messenger ر س ل
5 إِلَّا illa except
6 لِيُطَاعَ liyutaAAa to be obeyed ط و ع
7 بِإِذْنِ biithni by (the) permission أ ذ ن
8 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
9 وَلَوْ walaw And if
10 أَنَّهُمْ annahum [that] they
11 إِذ ith when
12 ظَّلَمُوٓاْ thalamoo they wronged ظ ل م
13 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
14 جَآءُوكَ jaooka (had) come to you ج ي أ
15 فَاسْتَغْفَرُواْ faistaghfaroo and asked forgiveness غ ف ر
16 اللهَ Allaha (of) Allah أ ل ه
17 وَاسْتَغْفَرَ waistaghfara and asked forgiveness غ ف ر
18 لَهُمُ lahumu for them
19 الرَّسُولُ alrrasoolu the Messenger ر س ل
20 لَوَجَدُواْ lawajadoo surely they would have found و ج د
21 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
22 تَوَّابًا tawwaban Oft-Forgiving ت و ب
23 رَّحِيمًا raheeman Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 65

فَلَا وَرَبِّكَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ حَتَّىٰ يُحَكِّمُوكَ فِيمَا شَجَرَ بَيْنَهُمْ ثُمَّ لَا يَجِدُوا۟ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ حَرَجًۭا مِّمَّا قَضَيْتَ وَيُسَلِّمُوا۟ تَسْلِيمًۭا.(65)

But no, by your Lord, they will not [truly] believe until they make you, [O Muḥammad], judge concerning that over which they dispute among themselves and then find within themselves no discomfort from what you have judged and submit in [full, willing] submission. [An-Nisaa: 65]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 65

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But no, by your Lord, they will not [truly] believe until they make you, [O Muḥammad], judge concerning that over which they dispute among themselves and then find within themselves no discomfort from what you have judged and submit in [full, willing] submission.

Transliteration

Ayah 65

Fala warabbika la yuminoona hatta yuhakkimooka feema shajara baynahum thumma la yajidoo fee anfusihim harajan mimma qadayta wayusallimoo tasleeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 65

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَا Fala But no
2 وَرَبِّكَ warabbika by your Lord ر ب ب
3 لَا la not
4 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona they will believe أ م ن
5 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
6 يُحَكِّمُوكَ yuhakkimooka they make you judge ح ك م
7 فِيمَا feema about what
8 شَجَرَ shajara arises ش ج ر
9 بَيْنَهُمْ baynahum between them ب ي ن
10 ثُمَّ thumma then
11 لَا la not
12 يَجِدُواْ yajidoo they find و ج د
13 فِىٓ fee in
14 أَنفُسِهِمْ anfusihim themselves ن ف س
15 حَرَجًا harajan any discomfort ح ر ج
16 مِّمَّا mimma about what
17 قَضَيْتَ qadayta you (have) decided ق ض ي
18 وَيُسَلِّمُواْ wayusallimoo and submit س ل م
19 تَسْلِيمًا tasleeman (in full) submission س ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 66

وَلَوْ أَنَّا كَتَبْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ أَنِ ٱقْتُلُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَكُمْ أَوِ ٱخْرُجُوا۟ مِن دِيَٰرِكُم مَّا فَعَلُوهُ إِلَّا قَلِيلٌۭ مِّنْهُمْ ۖ وَلَوْ أَنَّهُمْ فَعَلُوا۟ مَا يُوعَظُونَ بِهِۦ لَكَانَ خَيْرًۭا لَّهُمْ وَأَشَدَّ تَثْبِيتًۭا.(66)

And if We had decreed upon them, "Kill yourselves" or "Leave your homes," they would not have done it, except for a few of them. But if they had done what they were instructed, it would have been better for them and a firmer position [for them in faith]. [An-Nisaa: 66]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 66

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if We had decreed upon them, "Kill yourselves" or "Leave your homes," they would not have done it, except for a few of them. But if they had done what they were instructed, it would have been better for them and a firmer position [for them in faith].

Transliteration

Ayah 66

Walaw anna katabna AAalayhim ani oqtuloo anfusakum awi okhrujoo min diyarikum ma faAAaloohu illa qaleelun minhum walaw annahum faAAaloo ma yooAAathoona bihi lakana khayran lahum waashadda tathbeetan

Word-by-word

Ayah 66

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if
2 أَنَّا anna [that] We
3 كَتَبْنَا katabna (had) decreed ك ت ب
4 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim on them
5 أَنِ ani that
6 اقْتُلُوٓاْ oqtuloo Kill ق ت ل
7 أَنفُسَكُمْ anfusakum yourselves ن ف س
8 أَوِ awi or
9 اخْرُجُواْ okhrujoo Go forth خ ر ج
10 مِن min from
11 دِيَارِكُم diyarikum your homes د و ر
12 مَّا ma not
13 فَعَلُوهُ faAAaloohu they would have done it ف ع ل
14 إِلَّا illa except
15 قَلِيلٌ qaleelun a few ق ل ل
16 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them
17 وَلَوْ walaw But if
18 أَنَّهُمْ annahum [that] they
19 فَعَلُواْ faAAaloo had done ف ع ل
20 مَا ma what
21 يُوعَظُونَ yooAAathoona they were advised و ع ظ
22 بِهِۦ bihi with [it]
23 لَكَانَ lakana surely (it) would have been ك و ن
24 خَيْرًا khayran better خ ي ر
25 لَّهُمْ lahum for them
26 وَأَشَدَّ waashadda and stronger ش د د
27 تَثْبِيتًا tathbeetan strengthen(ing) ث ب ت

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 67

وَإِذًۭا لَّآتَيْنَٰهُم مِّن لَّدُنَّآ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًۭا.(67)

And then We would have given them from Us a great reward. [An-Nisaa: 67]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 67

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And then We would have given them from Us a great reward.

Transliteration

Ayah 67

Waithan laataynahum min ladunna ajran AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 67

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذًا Waithan And then
2 لَّآتَيْنَاهُم laataynahum We would (have) given them أ ت ي
3 مِّن min from
4 لَّدُنَّآ ladunna Ourselves ل د ن
5 أَجْرًا ajran a reward أ ج ر
6 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 68

وَلَهَدَيْنَٰهُمْ صِرَٰطًۭا مُّسْتَقِيمًۭا.(68)

And We would have guided them to a straight path. [An-Nisaa: 68]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 68

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We would have guided them to a straight path.

Transliteration

Ayah 68

Walahadaynahum siratan mustaqeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 68

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَهَدَيْنَاهُمْ Walahadaynahum And We would have guided them ه د ي
2 صِرَاطًا siratan (to the) way ص ر ط
3 مُّسْتَقِيمًا mustaqeeman (the) straight ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 69

وَمَن يُطِعِ ٱللَّهَ وَٱلرَّسُولَ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مَعَ ٱلَّذِينَ أَنْعَمَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِم مِّنَ ٱلنَّبِيِّيْنَ وَٱلصِّدِّيقِينَ وَٱلشُّهَدَآءِ وَٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ ۚ وَحَسُنَ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ رَفِيقًۭا.(69)

And whoever obeys Allāh and the Messenger - those will be with the ones upon whom Allāh has bestowed favor of the prophets, the steadfast affirmers of truth, the martyrs and the righteous. And excellent are those as companions. [An-Nisaa: 69]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 69

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever obeys Allāh and the Messenger - those will be with the ones upon whom Allāh has bestowed favor of the prophets, the steadfast affirmers of truth, the martyrs and the righteous. And excellent are those as companions.

Transliteration

Ayah 69

Waman yutiAAi Allaha waalrrasoola faolaika maAAa allatheena anAAama Allahu AAalayhim mina alnnabiyyeena waalssiddeeqeena waalshshuhadai waalssaliheena wahasuna olaika rafeeqan

Word-by-word

Ayah 69

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 يُطِعِ yutiAAi obeys ط و ع
3 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
4 وَالرَّسُولَ waalrrasoola and the Messenger ر س ل
5 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika then those
6 مَعَ maAAa (will be) with
7 الَّذِينَ allatheena those whom
8 أَنْعَمَ anAAama has bestowed (His) Favor ن ع م
9 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
10 عَلَيْهِم AAalayhim upon them
11 مِّنَ mina of
12 النَّبِيِّينَ alnnabiyyeena the Prophets ن ب أ
13 وَالصِّدِّيقِينَ waalssiddeeqeena and the truthful ص د ق
14 وَالشُّهَدَآءِ waalshshuhadai and the martyrs ش ه د
15 وَالصَّالِحِينَ waalssaliheena and the righteous ص ل ح
16 وَحَسُنَ wahasuna And excellent ح س ن
17 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika (are) those
18 رَفِيقًا rafeeqan companion(s) ر ف ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 70

ذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَضْلُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ عَلِيمًۭا.(70)

That is the bounty from Allāh, and sufficient is Allāh as Knower. [An-Nisaa: 70]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 70

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

That is the bounty from Allāh, and sufficient is Allāh as Knower.

Transliteration

Ayah 70

Thalika alfadlu mina Allahi wakafa biAllahi AAaleeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 70

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ذَٰلِكَ Thalika That
2 الْفَضْلُ alfadlu (is) the Bounty ف ض ل
3 مِنَ mina of
4 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
5 وَكَفَىٰ wakafa and is sufficient ك ف ي
6 بِاللهِ biAllahi Allah أ ل ه
7 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman (as) All-Knower ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 71

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ خُذُوا۟ حِذْرَكُمْ فَٱنفِرُوا۟ ثُبَاتٍ أَوِ ٱنفِرُوا۟ جَمِيعًۭا.(71)

O you who have believed, take your precaution and [either] go forth in companies or go forth all together. [An-Nisaa: 71]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 71

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, take your precaution and [either] go forth in companies or go forth all together.

Transliteration

Ayah 71

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo khuthoo hithrakum fainfiroo thubatin awi infiroo jameeAAan

Word-by-word

Ayah 71

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 خُذُواْ khuthoo Take أ خ ذ
5 حِذْرَكُمْ hithrakum your precautions ح ذ ر
6 فَانفِرُواْ fainfiroo and advance ن ف ر
7 ثُبَاتٍ thubatin (in) groups ث ب ي
8 أَوِ awi or
9 انفِرُواْ infiroo advance ن ف ر
10 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all together ج م ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 72

وَإِنَّ مِنكُمْ لَمَن لَّيُبَطِّئَنَّ فَإِنْ أَصَٰبَتْكُم مُّصِيبَةٌۭ قَالَ قَدْ أَنْعَمَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىَّ إِذْ لَمْ أَكُن مَّعَهُمْ شَهِيدًۭا.(72)

And indeed, there is among you he who lingers behind; and if disaster strikes you, he says, "Allāh has favored me in that I was not present with them." [An-Nisaa: 72]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 72

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And indeed, there is among you he who lingers behind; and if disaster strikes you, he says, "Allāh has favored me in that I was not present with them."

Transliteration

Ayah 72

Wainna minkum laman layubattianna fain asabatkum museebatun qala qad anAAama Allahu AAalayya ith lam akun maAAahum shaheedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 72

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِنَّ Wainna And indeed
2 مِنكُمْ minkum among you
3 لَمَن laman (is he) who
4 لَّيُبَطِّئَنَّ layubattianna lags behind ب ط أ
5 فَإِنْ fain then if
6 أَصَابَتْكُم asabatkum befalls you ص و ب
7 مُّصِيبَةٌ museebatun a disaster ص و ب
8 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
9 قَدْ qad Verily
10 أَنْعَمَ anAAama (has) favored ن ع م
11 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
12 عَلَىَّ AAalayya [on] me
13 إِذْ ith [when]
14 لَمْ lam (that) not
15 أَكُن akun I was ك و ن
16 مَّعَهُمْ maAAahum with them
17 شَهِيدًا shaheedan present ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 73

وَلَئِنْ أَصَٰبَكُمْ فَضْلٌۭ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ لَيَقُولَنَّ كَأَن لَّمْ تَكُنۢ بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَهُۥ مَوَدَّةٌۭ يَٰلَيْتَنِى كُنتُ مَعَهُمْ فَأَفُوزَ فَوْزًا عَظِيمًۭا.(73)

But if bounty comes to you from Allāh, he will surely say, as if [i.e., showing that] there had never been between you and him any affection, "Oh, I wish I had been with them so I could have attained a great attainment."1 [An-Nisaa: 73]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 73

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But if bounty comes to you from Allāh, he will surely say, as if [i.e., showing that] there had never been between you and him any affection, "Oh, I wish I had been with them so I could have attained a great attainment."1

Transliteration

Ayah 73

Walain asabakum fadlun mina Allahi layaqoolanna kaan lam takun baynakum wabaynahu mawaddatun ya laytanee kuntu maAAahum faafooza fawzan AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 73

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَئِنْ Walain And if
2 أَصَابَكُمْ asabakum befalls you ص و ب
3 فَضْلٌ fadlun bounty ف ض ل
4 مِّنَ mina from
5 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
6 لَيَقُولَنَّ layaqoolanna he would surely say ق و ل
7 كَأَن kaan as if
8 لَّمْ lam (had) not
9 تَكُن takun there been ك و ن
10 بَيْنَكُمْ baynakum between you ب ي ن
11 وَبَيْنَهُۥ wabaynahu and between him ب ي ن
12 مَوَدَّةٌ mawaddatun any affection و د د
13 يَالَيْتَنِى yalaytanee Oh! I wish
14 كُنتُ kuntu I had been ك و ن
15 مَعَهُمْ maAAahum with them
16 فَأَفُوزَ faafooza then I would have attained ف و ز
17 فَوْزًا fawzan a success ف و ز
18 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 74

فَلْيُقَٰتِلْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَشْرُونَ ٱلْحَيَوٰةَ ٱلدُّنْيَا بِٱلْآخِرَةِ ۚ وَمَن يُقَٰتِلْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ فَيُقْتَلْ أَوْ يَغْلِبْ فَسَوْفَ نُؤْتِيهِ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًۭا.(74)

So let those fight in the cause of Allāh who sell the life of this world for the Hereafter. And he who fights in the cause of Allāh and is killed or achieves victory - We will bestow upon him a great reward. [An-Nisaa: 74]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 74

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So let those fight in the cause of Allāh who sell the life of this world for the Hereafter. And he who fights in the cause of Allāh and is killed or achieves victory - We will bestow upon him a great reward.

Transliteration

Ayah 74

Falyuqatil fee sabeeli Allahi allatheena yashroona alhayata alddunya bialakhirati waman yuqatil fee sabeeli Allahi fayuqtal aw yaghlib fasawfa nuteehi ajran AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 74

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلْيُقَاتِلْ Falyuqatil So let fight ق ت ل
2 فِى fee in
3 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
4 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
5 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
6 يَشْرُونَ yashroona sell ش ر ي
7 الْحَيَاةَ alhayata the life ح ي ي
8 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
9 بِالْاَٰخِرَةِ bialakhirati for the Hereafter أ خ ر
10 وَمَن waman And whoever
11 يُقَاتِلْ yuqatil fights ق ت ل
12 فِى fee in
13 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
14 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
15 فَيُقْتَلْ fayuqtal then he is killed ق ت ل
16 أَوْ aw or
17 يَغْلِبْ yaghlib achieves victory غ ل ب
18 فَسَوْفَ fasawfa then soon
19 نُؤْتِيهِ nuteehi We will grant him أ ت ي
20 أَجْرًا ajran a reward أ ج ر
21 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman a great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 75

وَمَا لَكُمْ لَا تُقَٰتِلُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱلْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ مِنَ ٱلرِّجَالِ وَٱلنِّسَآءِ وَٱلْوِلْدَٰنِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَآ أَخْرِجْنَا مِنْ هَٰذِهِ ٱلْقَرْيَةِ ٱلظَّالِمِ أَهْلُهَا وَٱجْعَل لَّنَا مِن لَّدُنكَ وَلِيًّا وَٱجْعَل لَّنَا مِن لَّدُنكَ نَصِيرًا.(75)

And what is [the matter] with you that you fight not in the cause of Allāh and [for] the oppressed among men, women, and children who say, "Our Lord, take us out of this city of oppressive people and appoint for us from Yourself a protector and appoint for us from Yourself a helper"? [An-Nisaa: 75]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 75

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And what is [the matter] with you that you fight not in the cause of Allāh and [for] the oppressed among men, women, and children who say, "Our Lord, take us out of this city of oppressive people and appoint for us from Yourself a protector and appoint for us from Yourself a helper"?

Transliteration

Ayah 75

Wama lakum la tuqatiloona fee sabeeli Allahi waalmustadAAafeena mina alrrijali waalnnisai waalwildani allatheena yaqooloona rabbana akhrijna min hathihi alqaryati alththalimi ahluha waijAAal lana min ladunka waliyyan waijAAal lana min ladunka naseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 75

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And what?
2 لَكُمْ lakum for you
3 لَا la (that) not
4 تُقَاتِلُونَ tuqatiloona you fight ق ت ل
5 فِى fee in
6 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 وَالْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ waalmustadAAafeena and (for) those who are weak ض ع ف
9 مِنَ mina among
10 الرِّجَالِ alrrijali the men ر ج ل
11 وَالنِّسَآءِ waalnnisai and the women ن س و
12 وَالْوِلْدَانِ waalwildani and the children و ل د
13 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
14 يَقُولُونَ yaqooloona say ق و ل
15 رَبَّنَآ rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
16 أَخْرِجْنَا akhrijna take us out خ ر ج
17 مِنْ min of
18 هَٰذِهِ hathihi this
19 الْقَرْيَةِ alqaryati [the] town ق ر ي
20 الظَّالِمِ alththalimi [the] oppressor(s) ظ ل م
21 أَهْلُهَا ahluha (are) its people أ ه ل
22 وَاجْعَل waijAAal and appoint ج ع ل
23 لَّنَا lana for us
24 مِن min from
25 لَّدُنكَ ladunka Yourself ل د ن
26 وَلِيًّا waliyyan a protector و ل ي
27 وَاجْعَل waijAAal and appoint ج ع ل
28 لَّنَا lana for us
29 مِن min from
30 لَّدُنكَ ladunka Yourself ل د ن
31 نَصِيرًا naseeran a helper ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 76

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ يُقَٰتِلُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ يُقَٰتِلُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱلطَّٰغُوتِ فَقَٰتِلُوٓا۟ أَوْلِيَآءَ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ ۖ إِنَّ كَيْدَ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ كَانَ ضَعِيفًا.(76)

Those who believe fight in the cause of Allāh, and those who disbelieve fight in the cause of ṭāghūt.1 So fight against the allies of Satan. Indeed, the plot of Satan has ever been weak. [An-Nisaa: 76]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 76

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who believe fight in the cause of Allāh, and those who disbelieve fight in the cause of ṭāghūt.1 So fight against the allies of Satan. Indeed, the plot of Satan has ever been weak.

Transliteration

Ayah 76

Allatheena amanoo yuqatiloona fee sabeeli Allahi waallatheena kafaroo yuqatiloona fee sabeeli alttaghooti faqatiloo awliyaa alshshaytani inna kayda alshshaytani kana daAAeefan

Word-by-word

Ayah 76

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
3 يُقَاتِلُونَ yuqatiloona they fight ق ت ل
4 فِى fee in
5 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
6 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
7 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those
8 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo who disbelieve ك ف ر
9 يُقَاتِلُونَ yuqatiloona they fight ق ت ل
10 فِى fee in
11 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
12 الطَّاغُوتِ alttaghooti (of) the false deities ط غ ي
13 فَقَاتِلُوٓاْ faqatiloo So fight (against) ق ت ل
14 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa (the) friends و ل ي
15 الشَّيْطَانِ alshshaytani (of) the Shaitaan ش ط ن
16 إِنَّ inna Indeed
17 كَيْدَ kayda (the) strategy ك ي د
18 الشَّيْطَانِ alshshaytani (of) the Shaitaan ش ط ن
19 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
20 ضَعِيفًا daAAeefan weak ض ع ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 77

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ قِيلَ لَهُمْ كُفُّوٓا۟ أَيْدِيَكُمْ وَأَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتُوا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ فَلَمَّا كُتِبَ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْقِتَالُ إِذَا فَرِيقٌۭ مِّنْهُمْ يَخْشَوْنَ ٱلنَّاسَ كَخَشْيَةِ ٱللَّهِ أَوْ أَشَدَّ خَشْيَةًۭ ۚ وَقَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا لِمَ كَتَبْتَ عَلَيْنَا ٱلْقِتَالَ لَوْلَآ أَخَّرْتَنَآ إِلَىٰٓ أَجَلٍۢ قَرِيبٍۢ ۗ قُلْ مَتَٰعُ ٱلدُّنْيَا قَلِيلٌۭ وَٱلْآخِرَةُ خَيْرٌۭ لِّمَنِ ٱتَّقَىٰ وَلَا تُظْلَمُونَ فَتِيلًا.(77)

Have you not seen those who were told, "Restrain your hands [from fighting]1 and establish prayer and give zakāh"? But then when battle was ordained for them, at once a party of them feared men as they fear Allāh or with [even] greater fear. They said, "Our Lord, why have You decreed upon us fighting? If only You had postponed [it for] us for a short time." Say, "The enjoyment of this world is little, and the Hereafter is better for he who fears Allāh. And injustice will not be done to you, [even] as much as a thread [inside a date seed]." [An-Nisaa: 77]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 77

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Have you not seen those who were told, "Restrain your hands [from fighting]1 and establish prayer and give zakāh"? But then when battle was ordained for them, at once a party of them feared men as they fear Allāh or with [even] greater fear. They said, "Our Lord, why have You decreed upon us fighting? If only You had postponed [it for] us for a short time." Say, "The enjoyment of this world is little, and the Hereafter is better for he who fears Allāh. And injustice will not be done to you, [even] as much as a thread [inside a date seed]."

Transliteration

Ayah 77

Alam tara ila allatheena qeela lahum kuffoo aydiyakum waaqeemoo alssalata waatoo alzzakata falamma kutiba AAalayhimu alqitalu itha fareequn minhum yakhshawna alnnasa kakhashyati Allahi aw ashadda khashyatan waqaloo rabbana lima katabta AAalayna alqitala lawla akhkhartana ila ajalin qareebin qul mataAAu alddunya qaleelun waalakhiratu khayrun limani ittaqa wala tuthlamoona fateelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 77

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Have not?
2 تَرَ tara you seen ر أ ي
3 إِلَى ila [towards]
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
5 قِيلَ qeela (when) it was said ق و ل
6 لَهُمْ lahum to them
7 كُفُّوٓاْ kuffoo Restrain ك ف ف
8 أَيْدِيَكُمْ aydiyakum your hands ي د ي
9 وَأَقِيمُواْ waaqeemoo and establish ق و م
10 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
11 وَآتُواْ waatoo and give أ ت ي
12 الزَّكَوٰةَ alzzakata the zakah ز ك و
13 فَلَمَّا falamma Then when
14 كُتِبَ kutiba was ordained ك ت ب
15 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu on them
16 الْقِتَالُ alqitalu the fighting ق ت ل
17 إِذَا itha then
18 فَرِيقٌ fareequn a group ف ر ق
19 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them
20 يَخْشَوْنَ yakhshawna [they] fear خ ش ي
21 النَّاسَ alnnasa the people ن و س
22 كَخَشْيَةِ kakhashyati as (they) fear خ ش ي
23 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
24 أَوْ aw or
25 أَشَدَّ ashadda more intense ش د د
26 خَشْيَةً khashyatan fear خ ش ي
27 وَقَالُواْ waqaloo and they said ق و ل
28 رَبَّنَا rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
29 لِمَ lima why?
30 كَتَبْتَ katabta have You ordained ك ت ب
31 عَلَيْنَا AAalayna upon us
32 الْقِتَالَ alqitala [the] fighting ق ت ل
33 لَوْلَآ lawla Why not
34 أَخَّرْتَنَا akhkhartana You postpone (it for) us أ خ ر
35 إِلَىٰٓ ila to
36 أَجَلٍ ajalin a term أ ج ل
37 قَرِيبٍ qareebin near ق ر ب
38 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
39 مَتَاعُ mataAAu Enjoyment م ت ع
40 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
41 قَلِيلٌ qaleelun (is) little ق ل ل
42 وَالْآخِرَةُ waalakhiratu and the Hereafter أ خ ر
43 خَيْرٌ khayrun (is) better خ ي ر
44 لِّمَنِ limani for whoever
45 اتَّقَىٰ ittaqa fears (Allah) و ق ي
46 وَلَا wala and not
47 تُظْلَمُونَ tuthlamoona you will be wronged ظ ل م
48 فَتِيلًا fateelan (even as much as) a hair on a date-seed ف ت ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 78

أَيْنَمَا تَكُونُوا۟ يُدْرِككُّمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ وَلَوْ كُنتُمْ فِى بُرُوجٍۢ مُّشَيَّدَةٍۢ ۗ وَإِن تُصِبْهُمْ حَسَنَةٌۭ يَقُولُوا۟ هَٰذِهِۦ مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَإِن تُصِبْهُمْ سَيِّئَةٌۭ يَقُولُوا۟ هَٰذِهِۦ مِنْ عِندِكَ ۚ قُلْ كُلٌّ مِّنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ فَمَالِ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ ٱلْقَوْمِ لَا يَكَادُونَ يَفْقَهُونَ حَدِيثًۭا.(78)

Wherever you may be, death will overtake you, even if you should be within towers of lofty construction. But if good comes to them, they say, "This is from Allāh"; and if evil befalls them, they say,1 "This is from you." Say, "All [things] are from Allāh." So what is [the matter] with those people that they can hardly understand any statement? [An-Nisaa: 78]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 78

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Wherever you may be, death will overtake you, even if you should be within towers of lofty construction. But if good comes to them, they say, "This is from Allāh"; and if evil befalls them, they say,1 "This is from you." Say, "All [things] are from Allāh." So what is [the matter] with those people that they can hardly understand any statement?

Transliteration

Ayah 78

Aynama takoonoo yudrikkumu almawtu walaw kuntum fee buroojin mushayyadatin wain tusibhum hasanatun yaqooloo hathihi min AAindi Allahi wain tusibhum sayyiatun yaqooloo hathihi min AAindika qul kullun min AAindi Allahi famali haolai alqawmi la yakadoona yafqahoona hadeethan

Word-by-word

Ayah 78

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَيْنَمَا Aynama Wherever
2 تَكُونُواْ takoonoo you be ك و ن
3 يُدْرِككُّمُ yudrikkumu will overtake you د ر ك
4 الْمَوْتُ almawtu [the] death م و ت
5 وَلَوْ walaw even if
6 كُنتُمْ kuntum you are ك و ن
7 فِى fee in
8 بُرُوجٍ buroojin towers ب ر ج
9 مُّشَيَّدَةٍ mushayyadatin lofty ش ي د
10 وَإِن wain And if
11 تُصِبْهُمْ tusibhum befalls them ص و ب
12 حَسَنَةٌ hasanatun any good ح س ن
13 يَقُولُواْ yaqooloo they say ق و ل
14 هَٰذِهِۦ hathihi This
15 مِنْ min (is)
16 عِندِ AAindi from ع ن د
17 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
18 وَإِن wain And if
19 تُصِبْهُمْ tusibhum befalls them ص و ب
20 سَيِّئَةٌ sayyiatun any evil س و أ
21 يَقُولُواْ yaqooloo they say ق و ل
22 هَٰذِهِۦ hathihi This
23 مِنْ min (is)
24 عِندِكَ AAindika (from) you ع ن د
25 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
26 كُلًّ kullun All ك ل ل
27 مِّنْ min (is)
28 عِندِ AAindi from ع ن د
29 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
30 فَمَالِ famali So what (is wrong)?
31 هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ haolai (with) these
32 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi [the] people ق و م
33 لَا la not
34 يَكَادُونَ yakadoona do they seem ك و د
35 يَفْقَهُونَ yafqahoona (to) understand ف ق ه
36 حَدِيثًا hadeethan any statement ح د ث

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 79

مَّآ أَصَابَكَ مِنْ حَسَنَةٍۢ فَمِنَ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَمَآ أَصَابَكَ مِن سَيِّئَةٍۢ فَمِن نَّفْسِكَ ۚ وَأَرْسَلْنَٰكَ لِلنَّاسِ رَسُولًۭا ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ شَهِيدًۭا.(79)

What comes to you of good is from Allāh, but what comes to you of evil, [O man], is from yourself.1 And We have sent you, [O Muḥammad], to the people as a messenger, and sufficient is Allāh as Witness.2 [An-Nisaa: 79]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 79

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

What comes to you of good is from Allāh, but what comes to you of evil, [O man], is from yourself.1 And We have sent you, [O Muḥammad], to the people as a messenger, and sufficient is Allāh as Witness.2

Transliteration

Ayah 79

Ma asabaka min hasanatin famina Allahi wama asabaka min sayyiatin famin nafsika waarsalnaka lilnnasi rasoolan wakafa biAllahi shaheedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 79

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَّآ Ma What(ever)
2 أَصَابَكَ asabaka befalls you ص و ب
3 مِنْ min of
4 حَسَنَةٍ hasanatin (the) good ح س ن
5 فَمِنَ famina (is) from
6 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
7 وَمَآ wama and whatever
8 أَصَابَكَ asabaka befalls you ص و ب
9 مِن min of
10 سَيِّئَةٍ sayyiatin (the) evil س و أ
11 فَمِن famin (is) from
12 نَّفْسِكَ nafsika yourself ن ف س
13 وَأَرْسَلْنَاكَ waarsalnaka And We have sent you ر س ل
14 لِلنَّاسِ lilnnasi for the people ن و س
15 رَسُولًا rasoolan (as) a Messenger ر س ل
16 وَكَفَىٰ wakafa and is sufficient ك ف ي
17 بِاللهِ biAllahi Allah أ ل ه
18 شَهِيدًا shaheedan (as) a Witness ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 80

مَّن يُطِعِ ٱلرَّسُولَ فَقَدْ أَطَاعَ ٱللَّهَ ۖ وَمَن تَوَلَّىٰ فَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَٰكَ عَلَيْهِمْ حَفِيظًۭا.(80)

He who obeys the Messenger has obeyed Allāh; but those who turn away - We have not sent you over them as a guardian. [An-Nisaa: 80]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 80

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He who obeys the Messenger has obeyed Allāh; but those who turn away - We have not sent you over them as a guardian.

Transliteration

Ayah 80

Man yutiAAi alrrasoola faqad ataAAa Allaha waman tawalla fama arsalnaka AAalayhim hafeethan

Word-by-word

Ayah 80

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَّن Man (He) who
2 يُطِعِ yutiAAi obeys ط و ع
3 الرَّسُولَ alrrasoola the Messenger ر س ل
4 فَقَدْ faqad then surely
5 أَطَاعَ ataAAa he obeyed ط و ع
6 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
7 وَمَن waman and whoever
8 تَوَلَّىٰ tawalla turns away و ل ي
9 فَمَآ fama then not
10 أَرْسَلْنَاكَ arsalnaka We (have) sent you ر س ل
11 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim over them
12 حَفِيظًا hafeethan (as) a guardian ح ف ظ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 81

وَيَقُولُونَ طَاعَةٌۭ فَإِذَا بَرَزُوا۟ مِنْ عِندِكَ بَيَّتَ طَآئِفَةٌۭ مِّنْهُمْ غَيْرَ ٱلَّذِى تَقُولُ ۖ وَٱللَّهُ يَكْتُبُ مَا يُبَيِّتُونَ ۖ فَأَعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ وَتَوَكَّلْ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ وَكِيلًا.(81)

And they say, "[We pledge] obedience." But when they leave you, a group of them spend the night determining to do other than what you say. But Allāh records what they plan by night. So leave them alone and rely upon Allāh. And sufficient is Allāh as Disposer of affairs. [An-Nisaa: 81]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 81

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they say, "[We pledge] obedience." But when they leave you, a group of them spend the night determining to do other than what you say. But Allāh records what they plan by night. So leave them alone and rely upon Allāh. And sufficient is Allāh as Disposer of affairs.

Transliteration

Ayah 81

Wayaqooloona taAAatun faitha barazoo min AAindika bayyata taifatun minhum ghayra allathee taqoolu waAllahu yaktubu ma yubayyitoona faaAArid AAanhum watawakkal AAala Allahi wakafa biAllahi wakeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 81

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَيَقُولُونَ Wayaqooloona And they say ق و ل
2 طَاعَةٌ taAAatun (We pledge) obedience ط و ع
3 فَإِذَا faitha Then when
4 بَرَزُواْ barazoo they leave ب ر ز
5 مِنْ min from
6 عِندِكَ AAindika you ع ن د
7 بَيَّتَ bayyata plan by night ب ي ت
8 طَآئِفَةٌ taifatun a group ط و ف
9 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them
10 غَيْرَ ghayra other than غ ي ر
11 الَّذِى allathee that which
12 تَقُولُ taqoolu you say ق و ل
13 وَاللهُ waAllahu But Allah أ ل ه
14 يَكْتُبُ yaktubu records ك ت ب
15 مَا ma what
16 يُبَيِّتُونَ yubayyitoona they plan by night ب ي ت
17 فَأَعْرِضْ faaAArid So turn (away) ع ر ض
18 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them
19 وَتَوَكَّلْ watawakkal and put (your) trust و ك ل
20 عَلَى AAala in
21 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
22 وَكَفَىٰ wakafa and is sufficient ك ف ي
23 بِاللهِ biAllahi Allah أ ل ه
24 وَكِيلًا wakeelan (as) a Trustee و ك ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 82

أَفَلَا يَتَدَبَّرُونَ ٱلْقُرْءَانَ ۚ وَلَوْ كَانَ مِنْ عِندِ غَيْرِ ٱللَّهِ لَوَجَدُوا۟ فِيهِ ٱخْتِلَٰفًۭا كَثِيرًۭا.(82)

Then do they not reflect upon the Qur’ān?1 If it had been from [any] other than Allāh, they would have found within it much contradiction. [An-Nisaa: 82]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 82

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then do they not reflect upon the Qur’ān?1 If it had been from [any] other than Allāh, they would have found within it much contradiction.

Transliteration

Ayah 82

Afala yatadabbaroona alqurana walaw kana min AAindi ghayri Allahi lawajadoo feehi ikhtilafan katheeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 82

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَفَلَا Afala Then (do) not?
2 يَتَدَبَّرُونَ yatadabbaroona they ponder د ب ر
3 الْقُرْاٰنَ alqurana (on) the Quran ق ر أ
4 وَلَوْ walaw And if
5 كَانَ kana it had (been) ك و ن
6 مِنْ min (of)
7 عِندِ AAindi from ع ن د
8 غَيْرِ ghayri other than غ ي ر
9 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
10 لَوَجَدُواْ lawajadoo surely they (would have) found و ج د
11 فِيهِ feehi in it
12 اخْتِلَافًا ikhtilafan contradiction خ ل ف
13 كَثِيرًا katheeran much ك ث ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 83

وَإِذَا جَآءَهُمْ أَمْرٌۭ مِّنَ ٱلْأَمْنِ أَوِ ٱلْخَوْفِ أَذَاعُوا۟ بِهِۦ ۖ وَلَوْ رَدُّوهُ إِلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ وَإِلَىٰٓ أُو۟لِى ٱلْأَمْرِ مِنْهُمْ لَعَلِمَهُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَسْتَنۢبِطُونَهُۥ مِنْهُمْ ۗ وَلَوْلَا فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَتُهُۥ لَٱتَّبَعْتُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنَ إِلَّا قَلِيلًۭا.(83)

And when there comes to them something [i.e., information] about [public] security or fear, they spread it around. But if they had referred it back to the Messenger or to those of authority among them, then the ones who [can] draw correct conclusions from it would have known about it. And if not for the favor of Allāh upon you and His mercy, you would have followed Satan, except for a few. [An-Nisaa: 83]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 83

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when there comes to them something [i.e., information] about [public] security or fear, they spread it around. But if they had referred it back to the Messenger or to those of authority among them, then the ones who [can] draw correct conclusions from it would have known about it. And if not for the favor of Allāh upon you and His mercy, you would have followed Satan, except for a few.

Transliteration

Ayah 83

Waitha jaahum amrun mina alamni awi alkhawfi athaAAoo bihi walaw raddoohu ila alrrasooli waila olee alamri minhum laAAalimahu allatheena yastanbitoonahu minhum walawla fadlu Allahi AAalaykum warahmatuhu laittabaAAtumu alshshaytana illa qaleelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 83

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 جَآءَهُمْ jaahum comes to them ج ي أ
3 أَمْرٌ amrun a matter أ م ر
4 مِّنَ mina of
5 الْأَمْنِ alamni the security أ م ن
6 أَوِ awi or
7 الْخَوْفِ alkhawfi [the] fear خ و ف
8 أَذَاعُواْ athaAAoo they spread ذ ي ع
9 بِهِۦ bihi [with] it
10 وَلَوْ walaw But if
11 رَدُّوهُ raddoohu they (had) referred it ر د د
12 إِلَى ila to
13 الرَّسُولِ alrrasooli the Messenger ر س ل
14 وَإِلَىٰٓ waila and to
15 أُوْلِى olee those أ و ل
16 الْأَمْرِ alamri (having) authority أ م ر
17 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them
18 لَعَلِمَهُ laAAalimahu surely would have known it ع ل م
19 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
20 يَسْتَنبِطُونَهُۥ yastanbitoonahu draw correct conclusion (from) it ن ب ط
21 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them
22 وَلَوْلَا walawla And if not
23 فَضْلُ fadlu (had been the) bounty ف ض ل
24 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
25 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum on you
26 وَرَحْمَتُهُۥ warahmatuhu and His Mercy ر ح م
27 لَاتَّبَعْتُمُ laittabaAAtumu surely you (would have) followed ت ب ع
28 الشَّيْطَانَ alshshaytana the Shaitaan ش ط ن
29 إِلَّا illa except
30 قَلِيلًا qaleelan a few ق ل ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 84

فَقَٰتِلْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ لَا تُكَلَّفُ إِلَّا نَفْسَكَ ۚ وَحَرِّضِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ ۖ عَسَى ٱللَّهُ أَن يَكُفَّ بَأْسَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ أَشَدُّ بَأْسًۭا وَأَشَدُّ تَنكِيلًۭا.(84)

So fight, [O Muḥammad], in the cause of Allāh; you are not held responsible except for yourself. And encourage the believers [to join you] that perhaps Allāh will restrain the [military] might of those who disbelieve. And Allāh is greater in might and stronger in [exemplary] punishment.1 [An-Nisaa: 84]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 84

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So fight, [O Muḥammad], in the cause of Allāh; you are not held responsible except for yourself. And encourage the believers [to join you] that perhaps Allāh will restrain the [military] might of those who disbelieve. And Allāh is greater in might and stronger in [exemplary] punishment.1

Transliteration

Ayah 84

Faqatil fee sabeeli Allahi la tukallafu illa nafsaka waharridi almumineena AAasa Allahu an yakuffa basa allatheena kafaroo waAllahu ashaddu basan waashaddu tankeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 84

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَقَاتِلْ Faqatil So fight ق ت ل
2 فِى fee in
3 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
4 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
5 لَا la not
6 تُكَلَّفُ tukallafu you are responsible ك ل ف
7 إِلَّا illa except
8 نَفْسَكَ nafsaka (for) yourself ن ف س
9 وَحَرِّضِ waharridi And encourage ح ر ض
10 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
11 عَسَى AAasa perhaps ع س ي
12 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
13 أَن an will
14 يَكُفَّ yakuffa restrain ك ف ف
15 بَأْسَ basa (the) might ب أ س
16 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who
17 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
18 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
19 أَشَدُّ ashaddu (is) Stronger ش د د
20 بَأْسًا basan (in) Might ب أ س
21 وَأَشَدُّ waashaddu and Stronger ش د د
22 تَنكِيلًا tankeelan (in) punishment ن ك ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 85

مَّن يَشْفَعْ شَفَٰعَةً حَسَنَةًۭ يَكُن لَّهُۥ نَصِيبٌۭ مِّنْهَا ۖ وَمَن يَشْفَعْ شَفَٰعَةًۭ سَيِّئَةًۭ يَكُن لَّهُۥ كِفْلٌۭ مِّنْهَا ۗ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ مُّقِيتًۭا.(85)

Whoever intercedes for a good cause will have a share [i.e., reward] therefrom; and whoever intercedes for an evil cause will have a portion [i.e., burden] therefrom. And ever is Allāh, over all things, a Keeper.1 [An-Nisaa: 85]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 85

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Whoever intercedes for a good cause will have a share [i.e., reward] therefrom; and whoever intercedes for an evil cause will have a portion [i.e., burden] therefrom. And ever is Allāh, over all things, a Keeper.1

Transliteration

Ayah 85

Man yashfaAA shafaAAatan hasanatan yakun lahu naseebun minha waman yashfaAA shafaAAatan sayyiatan yakun lahu kiflun minha wakana Allahu AAala kulli shayin muqeetan

Word-by-word

Ayah 85

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَّن Man Whoever
2 يَشْفَعْ yashfaAA intercedes ش ف ع
3 شَفَاعَةً shafaAAatan an intercession ش ف ع
4 حَسَنَةً hasanatan good ح س ن
5 يَكُن yakun will have ك و ن
6 لَّهُۥ lahu for him
7 نَصِيبٌ naseebun a share ن ص ب
8 مِّنْهَا minha of it
9 وَمَن waman and whoever
10 يَشْفَعْ yashfaAA intercedes ش ف ع
11 شَفَاعَةً shafaAAatan an intercession ش ف ع
12 سَيِّئَةً sayyiatan evil س و أ
13 يَكُن yakun will have ك و ن
14 لَّهُۥ lahu for him
15 كِفْلٌ kiflun a portion ك ف ل
16 مِّنْهَا minha of it
17 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
18 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
19 عَلَىٰ AAala on
20 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
21 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
22 مُّقِيتًا muqeetan a Keeper ق و ت

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 86

وَإِذَا حُيِّيتُم بِتَحِيَّةٍۢ فَحَيُّوا۟ بِأَحْسَنَ مِنْهَآ أَوْ رُدُّوهَآ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ حَسِيبًا.(86)

And when you are greeted with a greeting, greet [in return] with one better than it or [at least] return it [in a like manner]. Indeed Allāh is ever, over all things, an Accountant. [An-Nisaa: 86]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 86

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when you are greeted with a greeting, greet [in return] with one better than it or [at least] return it [in a like manner]. Indeed Allāh is ever, over all things, an Accountant.

Transliteration

Ayah 86

Waitha huyyeetum bitahiyyatin fahayyoo biahsana minha aw ruddooha inna Allaha kana AAala kulli shayin haseeban

Word-by-word

Ayah 86

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 حُيِّيْتُم huyyeetum you are greeted ح ي ي
3 بِتَحِيَّةٍ bitahiyyatin with a greeting ح ي ي
4 فَحَيُّواْ fahayyoo then greet ح ي ي
5 بِأَحْسَنَ biahsana with better ح س ن
6 مِنْهَآ minha than it
7 أَوْ aw or
8 رُدُّوهَا ruddooha return it ر د د
9 إِنَّ inna Indeed
10 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
11 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
12 عَلَىٰ AAala of
13 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
14 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
15 حَسِيبًا haseeban an Accountant ح س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 87

ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ لَيَجْمَعَنَّكُمْ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ لَا رَيْبَ فِيهِ ۗ وَمَنْ أَصْدَقُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ حَدِيثًۭا.(87)

Allāh - there is no deity except Him. He will surely assemble you for [account on] the Day of Resurrection, about which there is no doubt. And who is more truthful than Allāh in statement. [An-Nisaa: 87]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 87

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh - there is no deity except Him. He will surely assemble you for [account on] the Day of Resurrection, about which there is no doubt. And who is more truthful than Allāh in statement.

Transliteration

Ayah 87

Allahu la ilaha illa huwa layajmaAAannakum ila yawmi alqiyamati la rayba feehi waman asdaqu mina Allahi hadeethan

Word-by-word

Ayah 87

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
2 لَآ la (there is) no
3 إِلَٰهَ ilaha god أ ل ه
4 إِلَّا illa except
5 هُوَ huwa Him
6 لَيَجْمَعَنَّكُمْ layajmaAAannakum surely He will gather you ج م ع
7 إِلَىٰ ila to
8 يَوْمِ yawmi (the) Day ي و م
9 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) Resurrection ق و م
10 لَا la no
11 رَيْبَ rayba doubt ر ي ب
12 فِيهِ feehi about it
13 وَمَنْ waman And who
14 أَصْدَقُ asdaqu (is) more truthful ص د ق
15 مِنَ mina than
16 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
17 حَدِيثًا hadeethan (in) statement ح د ث

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 88

فَمَا لَكُمْ فِى ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ فِئَتَيْنِ وَٱللَّهُ أَرْكَسَهُم بِمَا كَسَبُوٓا۟ ۚ أَتُرِيدُونَ أَن تَهْدُوا۟ مَنْ أَضَلَّ ٱللَّهُ ۖ وَمَن يُضْلِلِ ٱللَّهُ فَلَن تَجِدَ لَهُۥ سَبِيلًۭا.(88)

What is [the matter] with you [that you are] two groups concerning the hypocrites,1 while Allāh has made them fall back [into error and disbelief] for what they earned.2 Do you wish to guide those whom Allāh has sent astray? And he whom Allāh sends astray - never will you find for him a way [of guidance].3 [An-Nisaa: 88]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 88

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

What is [the matter] with you [that you are] two groups concerning the hypocrites,1 while Allāh has made them fall back [into error and disbelief] for what they earned.2 Do you wish to guide those whom Allāh has sent astray? And he whom Allāh sends astray - never will you find for him a way [of guidance].3

Transliteration

Ayah 88

Fama lakum fee almunafiqeena fiatayni waAllahu arkasahum bima kasaboo atureedoona an tahdoo man adalla Allahu waman yudlili Allahu falan tajida lahu sabeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 88

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَمَا Fama So what?
2 لَكُمْ lakum (is the matter) with you
3 فِى fee concerning
4 الْمُنَافِقِينَ almunafiqeena the hypocrites (that) ن ف ق
5 فِئَتَيْنِ fiatayni (you have become) two parties ف أ ي
6 وَاللهُ waAllahu While Allah أ ل ه
7 أَرْكَسَهُم arkasahum cast them back ر ك س
8 بِمَا bima for what
9 كَسَبُوٓاْ kasaboo they earned ك س ب
10 أَتُرِيدُونَ atureedoona Do you wish? ر و د
11 أَن an that
12 تَهْدُواْ tahdoo you guide ه د ي
13 مَنْ man whom
14 أَضَلَّ adalla is let astray ض ل ل
15 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
16 وَمَن waman And whoever
17 يُضْلِلِ yudlili is let astray ض ل ل
18 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
19 فَلَن falan then never
20 تَجِدَ tajida will you find و ج د
21 لَهُۥ lahu for him
22 سَبِيلًا sabeelan a way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 89

وَدُّوا۟ لَوْ تَكْفُرُونَ كَمَا كَفَرُوا۟ فَتَكُونُونَ سَوَآءًۭ ۖ فَلَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ أَوْلِيَآءَ حَتَّىٰ يُهَاجِرُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَخُذُوهُمْ وَٱقْتُلُوهُمْ حَيْثُ وَجَدتُّمُوهُمْ ۖ وَلَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ وَلِيًّا وَلَا نَصِيرًا.(89)

They wish you would disbelieve as they disbelieved so you would be alike. So do not take from among them allies until they emigrate for the cause of Allāh. But if they turn away [i.e., refuse], then seize them and kill them [for their betrayal] wherever you find them and take not from among them any ally or helper, [An-Nisaa: 89]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 89

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They wish you would disbelieve as they disbelieved so you would be alike. So do not take from among them allies until they emigrate for the cause of Allāh. But if they turn away [i.e., refuse], then seize them and kill them [for their betrayal] wherever you find them and take not from among them any ally or helper,

Transliteration

Ayah 89

Waddoo law takfuroona kama kafaroo fatakoonoona sawaan fala tattakhithoo minhum awliyaa hatta yuhajiroo fee sabeeli Allahi fain tawallaw fakhuthoohum waoqtuloohum haythu wajadtumoohum wala tattakhithoo minhum waliyyan wala naseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 89

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَدُّواْ Waddoo They wish و د د
2 لَوْ law if
3 تَكْفُرُونَ takfuroona you disbelieve ك ف ر
4 كَمَا kama as
5 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo they disbelieved ك ف ر
6 فَتَكُونُونَ fatakoonoona and you would be ك و ن
7 سَوَآءً sawaan alike س و ي
8 فَلَا fala So (do) not
9 تَتَّخِذُواْ tattakhithoo take أ خ ذ
10 مِنْهُمْ minhum from them
11 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa allies و ل ي
12 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
13 يُهَاجِرُواْ yuhajiroo they emigrate ه ج ر
14 فِى fee in
15 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
16 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
17 فَإِن fain But if
18 تَوَلَّوْاْ tawallaw they turn back و ل ي
19 فَخُذُوهُمْ fakhuthoohum seize them أ خ ذ
20 وَاقْتُلُوهُمْ waoqtuloohum and kill them ق ت ل
21 حَيْثُ haythu wherever ح ي ث
22 وَجَدتُّمُوهُمْ wajadtumoohum you find them و ج د
23 وَلَا wala And (do) not
24 تَتَّخِذُواْ tattakhithoo take أ خ ذ
25 مِنْهُمْ minhum from them
26 وَلِيًّا waliyyan any ally و ل ي
27 وَلَا wala and not
28 نَصِيرًا naseeran any helper ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 90

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ يَصِلُونَ إِلَىٰ قَوْمٍۭ بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَهُم مِّيثَٰقٌ أَوْ جَآءُوكُمْ حَصِرَتْ صُدُورُهُمْ أَن يُقَٰتِلُوكُمْ أَوْ يُقَٰتِلُوا۟ قَوْمَهُمْ ۚ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَسَلَّطَهُمْ عَلَيْكُمْ فَلَقَٰتَلُوكُمْ ۚ فَإِنِ ٱعْتَزَلُوكُمْ فَلَمْ يُقَٰتِلُوكُمْ وَأَلْقَوْا۟ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلسَّلَمَ فَمَا جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ عَلَيْهِمْ سَبِيلًۭا.(90)

Except for those who take refuge with a people between yourselves and whom is a treaty or those who come to you, their hearts strained at [the prospect of] fighting you or fighting their own people. And if Allāh had willed, He could have given them power over you, and they would have fought you. So if they remove themselves from you and do not fight you and offer you peace, then Allāh has not made for you a cause [for fighting] against them. [An-Nisaa: 90]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 90

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Except for those who take refuge with a people between yourselves and whom is a treaty or those who come to you, their hearts strained at [the prospect of] fighting you or fighting their own people. And if Allāh had willed, He could have given them power over you, and they would have fought you. So if they remove themselves from you and do not fight you and offer you peace, then Allāh has not made for you a cause [for fighting] against them.

Transliteration

Ayah 90

Illa allatheena yasiloona ila qawmin baynakum wabaynahum meethaqun aw jaookum hasirat sudooruhum an yuqatilookum aw yuqatiloo qawmahum walaw shaa Allahu lasallatahum AAalaykum falaqatalookum faini iAAtazalookum falam yuqatilookum waalqaw ilaykumu alssalama fama jaAAala Allahu lakum AAalayhim sabeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 90

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِلَّا Illa Except
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 يَصِلُونَ yasiloona join و ص ل
4 إِلَىٰ ila [to]
5 قَوْمٍ qawmin a group ق و م
6 بَيْنَكُمْ baynakum between you ب ي ن
7 وَبَيْنَهُم wabaynahum and between them ب ي ن
8 مِّيثَاقٌ meethaqun (is) a treaty و ث ق
9 أَوْ aw or
10 جَآءُوكُمْ jaookum those who come to you ج ي أ
11 حَصِرَتْ hasirat restraining ح ص ر
12 صُدُورُهُمْ sudooruhum their hearts ص د ر
13 أَن an that
14 يُقَاتِلُوكُمْ yuqatilookum they fight you ق ت ل
15 أَوْ aw or
16 يُقَاتِلُواْ yuqatiloo they fight ق ت ل
17 قَوْمَهُمْ qawmahum their people ق و م
18 وَلَوْ walaw And if
19 شَآءَ shaa (had) willed ش ي أ
20 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
21 لَسَلَّطَهُمْ lasallatahum surely He (would have) given them power س ل ط
22 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum over you
23 فَلَقَاتَلُوكُمْ falaqatalookum and surely they (would have) fought you ق ت ل
24 فَإِنِ faini So if
25 اعْتَزَلُوكُمْ iAAtazalookum they withdraw from you ع ز ل
26 فَلَمْ falam and (do) not
27 يُقَاتِلُوكُمْ yuqatilookum fight against you ق ت ل
28 وَأَلْقَوْا waalqaw and offer ل ق ي
29 إِلَيْكُمُ ilaykumu to you
30 السَّلَمَ alssalama [the] peace س ل م
31 فَمَا fama then not
32 جَعَلَ jaAAala (has) made ج ع ل
33 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
34 لَكُمْ lakum for you
35 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim against them
36 سَبِيلًا sabeelan a way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 91

سَتَجِدُونَ ءَاخَرِينَ يُرِيدُونَ أَن يَأْمَنُوكُمْ وَيَأْمَنُوا۟ قَوْمَهُمْ كُلَّ مَا رُدُّوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلْفِتْنَةِ أُرْكِسُوا۟ فِيهَا ۚ فَإِن لَّمْ يَعْتَزِلُوكُمْ وَيُلْقُوٓا۟ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلسَّلَمَ وَيَكُفُّوٓا۟ أَيْدِيَهُمْ فَخُذُوهُمْ وَٱقْتُلُوهُمْ حَيْثُ ثَقِفْتُمُوهُمْ ۚ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكُمْ جَعَلْنَا لَكُمْ عَلَيْهِمْ سُلْطَٰنًۭا مُّبِينًۭا.(91)

You will find others who wish to obtain security from you and [to] obtain security from their people. Every time they are returned to [the influence of] disbelief, they fall back into it. So if they do not withdraw from you or offer you peace or restrain their hands, then seize them and kill them wherever you overtake them. And those - We have made for you against them a clear authorization. [An-Nisaa: 91]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 91

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

You will find others who wish to obtain security from you and [to] obtain security from their people. Every time they are returned to [the influence of] disbelief, they fall back into it. So if they do not withdraw from you or offer you peace or restrain their hands, then seize them and kill them wherever you overtake them. And those - We have made for you against them a clear authorization.

Transliteration

Ayah 91

Satajidoona akhareena yureedoona an yamanookum wayamanoo qawmahum kulla ma ruddoo ila alfitnati orkisoo feeha fain lam yaAAtazilookum wayulqoo ilaykumu alssalama wayakuffoo aydiyahum fakhuthoohum waoqtuloohum haythu thaqiftumoohum waolaikum jaAAalna lakum AAalayhim sultanan mubeenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 91

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 سَتَجِدُونَ Satajidoona You will find و ج د
2 اٰخَرِينَ akhareena others أ خ ر
3 يُرِيدُونَ yureedoona wishing ر و د
4 أَن an that
5 يَأْمَنُوكُمْ yamanookum they be secure from you أ م ن
6 وَيَأْمَنُواْ wayamanoo and they be secure from أ م ن
7 قَوْمَهُمْ qawmahum their people ق و م
8 كُلَّ kulla Everytime ك ل ل
9 مَا ma that
10 رُدُّوَاْ ruddoo they are returned ر د د
11 إِلَى ila to
12 الْفِتْنَةِ alfitnati the temptation ف ت ن
13 أُرْكِسُواْ orkisoo they are plunged ر ك س
14 فِيهَا feeha into it
15 فَإِن fain So if
16 لَّمْ lam not
17 يَعْتَزِلُوكُمْ yaAAtazilookum they withdraw from you ع ز ل
18 وَيُلْقُوٓاْ wayulqoo and offer ل ق ي
19 إِلَيْكُمُ ilaykumu to you
20 السَّلَمَ alssalama [the] peace س ل م
21 وَيَكُفُّوٓاْ wayakuffoo and they restrain ك ف ف
22 أَيْدِيَهُمْ aydiyahum their hands ي د ي
23 فَخُذُوهُمْ fakhuthoohum then seize them أ خ ذ
24 وَاقْتُلُوهُمْ waoqtuloohum and kill them ق ت ل
25 حَيْثُ haythu wherever ح ي ث
26 ثِقِفْتُمُوهُمْ thaqiftumoohum you find them ث ق ف
27 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكُمْ waolaikum And those
28 جَعَلْنَا jaAAalna We made ج ع ل
29 لَكُمْ lakum for you
30 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim against them
31 سُلْطَانًا sultanan an authority س ل ط
32 مُّبِينًا mubeenan clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 92

وَمَا كَانَ لِمُؤْمِنٍ أَن يَقْتُلَ مُؤْمِنًا إِلَّا خَطَـًۭٔا ۚ وَمَن قَتَلَ مُؤْمِنًا خَطَـًۭٔا فَتَحْرِيرُ رَقَبَةٍۢ مُّؤْمِنَةٍۢ وَدِيَةٌۭ مُّسَلَّمَةٌ إِلَىٰٓ أَهْلِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن يَصَّدَّقُوا۟ ۚ فَإِن كَانَ مِن قَوْمٍ عَدُوٍّۢ لَّكُمْ وَهُوَ مُؤْمِنٌۭ فَتَحْرِيرُ رَقَبَةٍۢ مُّؤْمِنَةٍۢ ۖ وَإِن كَانَ مِن قَوْمٍۭ بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَهُم مِّيثَٰقٌۭ فَدِيَةٌۭ مُّسَلَّمَةٌ إِلَىٰٓ أَهْلِهِۦ وَتَحْرِيرُ رَقَبَةٍۢ مُّؤْمِنَةٍۢ ۖ فَمَن لَّمْ يَجِدْ فَصِيَامُ شَهْرَيْنِ مُتَتَابِعَيْنِ تَوْبَةًۭ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًۭا.(92)

And never is it for a believer to kill a believer except by mistake. And whoever kills a believer by mistake - then the freeing of a believing slave and a compensation payment [diyah] presented to his [i.e., the deceased's] family [is required], unless they give [up their right as] charity. But if he [i.e., the deceased] was from a people at war with you and he was a believer - then [only] the freeing of a believing slave; and if he was from a people with whom you have a treaty - then a compensation payment presented to his family and the freeing of a believing slave. And whoever does not find [one or cannot afford to buy one] - then [instead], a fast for two months consecutively,1 [seeking] acceptance of repentance from Allāh.2 And Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 92]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 92

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And never is it for a believer to kill a believer except by mistake. And whoever kills a believer by mistake - then the freeing of a believing slave and a compensation payment [diyah] presented to his [i.e., the deceased's] family [is required], unless they give [up their right as] charity. But if he [i.e., the deceased] was from a people at war with you and he was a believer - then [only] the freeing of a believing slave; and if he was from a people with whom you have a treaty - then a compensation payment presented to his family and the freeing of a believing slave. And whoever does not find [one or cannot afford to buy one] - then [instead], a fast for two months consecutively,1 [seeking] acceptance of repentance from Allāh.2 And Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 92

Wama kana limuminin an yaqtula muminan illa khataan waman qatala muminan khataan fatahreeru raqabatin muminatin wadiyatun musallamatun ila ahlihi illa an yassaddaqoo fain kana min qawmin AAaduwwin lakum wahuwa muminun fatahreeru raqabatin muminatin wain kana min qawmin baynakum wabaynahum meethaqun fadiyatun musallamatun ila ahlihi watahreeru raqabatin muminatin faman lam yajid fasiyamu shahrayni mutatabiAAayni tawbatan mina Allahi wakana Allahu AAaleeman hakeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 92

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
3 لِمُؤْمِنٍ limuminin for a believer أ م ن
4 أَن an that
5 يَقْتُلَ yaqtula he kills ق ت ل
6 مُؤْمِنًا muminan a believer أ م ن
7 إِلَّا illa except
8 خَطَئًا khataan (by) mistake خ ط أ
9 وَمَن waman And whoever
10 قَتَلَ qatala killed ق ت ل
11 مُؤْمِنًا muminan a believer أ م ن
12 خَطَئًا khataan (by) mistake خ ط أ
13 فَتَحْرِيرُ fatahreeru then freeing ح ر ر
14 رَقَبَةٍ raqabatin (of) a slave ر ق ب
15 مُّؤْمِنَةٍ muminatin believing أ م ن
16 وَدِيَةٌ wadiyatun and blood money و د ي
17 مُّسَلَّمَةٌ musallamatun (is to be) paid س ل م
18 إِلَىٰٓ ila to
19 أَهْلِهِۦٓ ahlihi his family أ ه ل
20 إِلَّآ illa unless
21 أَن an that
22 يَصَّدَّقُواْ yassaddaqoo they remit (as) charity ص د ق
23 فَإِن fain But if
24 كَانَ kana (he) was ك و ن
25 مِن min from
26 قَوْمٍ qawmin a people ق و م
27 عَدُوٍّ AAaduwwin hostile ع د و
28 لَّكُمْ lakum to you
29 وَهُوَ wahuwa and he was
30 مُؤْمِنٌ muminun a believer أ م ن
31 فَتَحْرِيرُ fatahreeru then freeing
32 رَقَبَةٍ raqabatin (of) a believing slave ر ق ب
33 مُّؤْمِنَةٍ muminatin believing أ م ن
34 وَإِن wain And if
35 كَانَ kana (he) was ك و ن
36 مِن min from
37 قَوْمٍ qawmin a people ق و م
38 بَيْنَكُمْ baynakum between you ب ي ن
39 وَبَيْنَهُمْ wabaynahum and between them ب ي ن
40 مِّيثَاقٌ meethaqun (is) a treaty و ث ق
41 فَدِيَةٌ fadiyatun then blood money و د ي
42 مُّسَلَّمَةٌ musallamatun (is to be) paid س ل م
43 إِلَىٰٓ ila to
44 أَهْلِهِۦ ahlihi his family أ ه ل
45 وَتَحْرِيرُ watahreeru and freeing ح ر ر
46 رَقَبَةٍ raqabatin (of) a slave ر ق ب
47 مُّؤْمِنَةٍ muminatin believing أ م ن
48 فَمَن faman And whoever
49 لَّمْ lam (does) not
50 يَجِدْ yajid find و ج د
51 فَصِيَامُ fasiyamu then fasting ص و م
52 شَهْرَيْنِ shahrayni (for) two months ش ه ر
53 مُتَتَابِعَيْنِ mutatabiAAayni consecutively ت ب ع
54 تَوْبَةً tawbatan (seeking) repentance ت و ب
55 مِّنَ mina from
56 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
57 وَكَانَ wakana and is, was, will be ك و ن
58 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
59 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knowing ع ل م
60 حَكِيمًا hakeeman All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 93

وَمَن يَقْتُلْ مُؤْمِنًۭا مُّتَعَمِّدًۭا فَجَزَآؤُهُۥ جَهَنَّمُ خَٰلِدًۭا فِيهَا وَغَضِبَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَلَعَنَهُۥ وَأَعَدَّ لَهُۥ عَذَابًا عَظِيمًۭا.(93)

But whoever kills a believer intentionally - his recompense is Hell, wherein he will abide eternally, and Allāh has become angry with him and has cursed him and has prepared for him a great punishment. [An-Nisaa: 93]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 93

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But whoever kills a believer intentionally - his recompense is Hell, wherein he will abide eternally, and Allāh has become angry with him and has cursed him and has prepared for him a great punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 93

Waman yaqtul muminan mutaAAammidan fajazaohu jahannamu khalidan feeha waghadiba Allahu AAalayhi walaAAanahu waaAAadda lahu AAathaban AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 93

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 يَقْتُلْ yaqtul kills ق ت ل
3 مُؤْمِنًا muminan a believer أ م ن
4 مُّتَعَمِّدًا mutaAAammidan intentionally ع م د
5 فَجَزَآؤُهُۥ fajazaohu then his recompense ج ز ي
6 جَهَنَّمُ jahannamu (is) Hell
7 خَالِدًا khalidan abiding forever خ ل د
8 فِيهَا feeha in it
9 وَغَضِبَ waghadiba and will fall the wrath غ ض ب
10 اللهُ Allahu (of) Allah أ ل ه
11 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi on him
12 وَلَعَنَهُۥ walaAAanahu and He (will) curse him ل ع ن
13 وَأَعَدَّ waaAAadda and He has prepared ع د د
14 لَهُۥ lahu for him
15 عَذَابًا AAathaban a punishment ع ذ ب
16 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 94

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِذَا ضَرَبْتُمْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ فَتَبَيَّنُوا۟ وَلَا تَقُولُوا۟ لِمَنْ أَلْقَىٰٓ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلسَّلَٰمَ لَسْتَ مُؤْمِنًۭا تَبْتَغُونَ عَرَضَ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا فَعِندَ ٱللَّهِ مَغَانِمُ كَثِيرَةٌۭ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ كُنتُم مِّن قَبْلُ فَمَنَّ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْكُمْ فَتَبَيَّنُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرًۭا.(94)

O you who have believed, when you go forth [to fight] in the cause of Allāh, investigate; and do not say to one who gives you [a greeting of] peace, "You are not a believer,"1 aspiring for the goods of worldly life; for with Allāh are many acquisitions. You [yourselves] were like that before; then Allāh conferred His favor [i.e., guidance] upon you, so investigate. Indeed Allāh is ever, of what you do, Aware. [An-Nisaa: 94]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 94

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, when you go forth [to fight] in the cause of Allāh, investigate; and do not say to one who gives you [a greeting of] peace, "You are not a believer,"1 aspiring for the goods of worldly life; for with Allāh are many acquisitions. You [yourselves] were like that before; then Allāh conferred His favor [i.e., guidance] upon you, so investigate. Indeed Allāh is ever, of what you do, Aware.

Transliteration

Ayah 94

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo itha darabtum fee sabeeli Allahi fatabayyanoo wala taqooloo liman alqa ilaykumu alssalama lasta muminan tabtaghoona AAarada alhayati alddunya faAAinda Allahi maghanimu katheeratun kathalika kuntum min qablu famanna Allahu AAalaykum fatabayyanoo inna Allaha kana bima taAAmaloona khabeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 94

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 إِذَا itha When
5 ضَرَبْتُمْ darabtum you go forth ض ر ب
6 فِى fee in
7 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
8 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
9 فَتَبَيَّنُواْ fatabayyanoo then investigate ب ي ن
10 وَلَا wala and (do) not
11 تَقُولُواْ taqooloo say ق و ل
12 لِمَنْ liman to (the one) who
13 أَلْقَىٰ alqa offers ل ق ي
14 إِلَيْكُمُ ilaykumu to you
15 السَّلَامَ alssalama (a greeting of) peace س ل م
16 لَسْتَ lasta You are not ل ي س
17 مُؤْمِنًا muminan a believer أ م ن
18 تَبْتَغُونَ tabtaghoona seeking ب غ ي
19 عَرَضَ AAarada transitory gains ع ر ض
20 الْحَيَاةِ alhayati (of) the life ح ي ي
21 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
22 فَعِندَ faAAinda for with ع ن د
23 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
24 مَغَانِمُ maghanimu (are) booties غ ن م
25 كَثِيرَةٌ katheeratun abundant ك ث ر
26 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Like that
27 كُنتُم kuntum you were ك و ن
28 مِّن min from
29 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
30 فَمَنَّ famanna then conferred favor م ن ن
31 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
32 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you
33 فَتَبَيَّنُوٓاْ fatabayyanoo so investigate ب ي ن
34 إِنَّ inna Indeed
35 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
36 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
37 بِمَا bima of what
38 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona you do ع م ل
39 خَبِيرًا khabeeran All-Aware خ ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 95

لَّا يَسْتَوِى ٱلْقَٰعِدُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ غَيْرُ أُو۟لِى ٱلضَّرَرِ وَٱلْمُجَٰهِدُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ بِأَمْوَٰلِهِمْ وَأَنفُسِهِمْ ۚ فَضَّلَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمُجَٰهِدِينَ بِأَمْوَٰلِهِمْ وَأَنفُسِهِمْ عَلَى ٱلْقَٰعِدِينَ دَرَجَةًۭ ۚ وَكُلًّا وَعَدَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ ۚ وَفَضَّلَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمُجَٰهِدِينَ عَلَى ٱلْقَٰعِدِينَ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًۭا.(95)

Not equal are those believers remaining [at home] - other than the disabled - and the mujāhideen, [who strive and fight] in the cause of Allāh with their wealth and their lives. Allāh has preferred the mujāhideen through their wealth and their lives over those who remain [behind], by degrees. And to all [i.e., both] Allāh has promised the best [reward]. But Allāh has preferred the mujāhideen over those who remain [behind] with a great reward - [An-Nisaa: 95]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 95

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Not equal are those believers remaining [at home] - other than the disabled - and the mujāhideen, [who strive and fight] in the cause of Allāh with their wealth and their lives. Allāh has preferred the mujāhideen through their wealth and their lives over those who remain [behind], by degrees. And to all [i.e., both] Allāh has promised the best [reward]. But Allāh has preferred the mujāhideen over those who remain [behind] with a great reward -

Transliteration

Ayah 95

La yastawee alqaAAidoona mina almumineena ghayru olee alddarari waalmujahidoona fee sabeeli Allahi biamwalihim waanfusihim faddala Allahu almujahideena biamwalihim waanfusihim AAala alqaAAideena darajatan wakullan waAAada Allahu alhusna wafaddala Allahu almujahideena AAala alqaAAideena ajran AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 95

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّا La Not
2 يَسْتَوِى yastawee (are) equal س و ي
3 الْقَٰعِدُونَ alqaAAidoona the ones who sit ق ع د
4 مِنَ mina among
5 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
6 غَيْرُ ghayru other than غ ي ر
7 أُوْلِى olee the ones (who are) أ و ل
8 الضَّرَرِ alddarari [the] disabled ض ر ر
9 وَالْمُجَاهِدُونَ waalmujahidoona and the ones who strive ج ه د
10 فِى fee in
11 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
12 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
13 بِأَمْوَالِهِمْ biamwalihim with their wealth م و ل
14 وَأَنفُسِهِمْ waanfusihim and their lives ن ف س
15 فَضَّلَ faddala Preferred ف ض ل
16 اللهُ Allahu (has) Allah أ ل ه
17 الْمُجَاهِدِينَ almujahideena the ones who strive ج ه د
18 بِأَمْوَالِهِمْ biamwalihim with their wealth م و ل
19 وَأَنفُسِهِمْ waanfusihim and their lives ن ف س
20 عَلَى AAala to
21 الْقَٰعِدِينَ alqaAAideena the ones who sit ق ع د
22 دَرَجَةً darajatan (in) rank د ر ج
23 وَكُلًّا wakullan And (to) all ك ل ل
24 وَعَدَ waAAada promised و ع د
25 اللهُ Allahu (has) Allah أ ل ه
26 الْحُسْنَىٰ alhusna the best ح س ن
27 وَفَضَّلَ wafaddala preferred ف ض ل
28 اللهُ Allahu (has) Allah أ ل ه
29 الْمُجَاهِدِينَ almujahideena the ones who strive ج ه د
30 عَلَى AAala over
31 الْقَٰعِدِينَ alqaAAideena the ones who sit ق ع د
32 أَجْرًا ajran (with) a reward أ ج ر
33 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 96

دَرَجَٰتٍۢ مِّنْهُ وَمَغْفِرَةًۭ وَرَحْمَةًۭ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ غَفُورًۭا رَّحِيمًا.(96)

Degrees [of high position] from Him and forgiveness and mercy. And Allāh is ever Forgiving and Merciful. [An-Nisaa: 96]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 96

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Degrees [of high position] from Him and forgiveness and mercy. And Allāh is ever Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 96

Darajatin minhu wamaghfiratan warahmatan wakana Allahu ghafooran raheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 96

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 دَرَجَاتٍ Darajatin Ranks د ر ج
2 مِّنْهُ minhu from Him
3 وَمَغْفِرَةً wamaghfiratan and forgiveness غ ف ر
4 وَرَحْمَةً warahmatan and mercy ر ح م
5 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
6 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
7 غَفُورًا ghafooran Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
8 رَّحِيمًا raheeman Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 97

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ تَوَفَّىٰهُمُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ ظَالِمِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ قَالُوا۟ فِيمَ كُنتُمْ ۖ قَالُوا۟ كُنَّا مُسْتَضْعَفِينَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ قَالُوٓا۟ أَلَمْ تَكُنْ أَرْضُ ٱللَّهِ وَٰسِعَةًۭ فَتُهَاجِرُوا۟ فِيهَا ۚ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مَأْوَىٰهُمْ جَهَنَّمُ ۖ وَسَآءَتْ مَصِيرًا.(97)

Indeed, those whom the angels take [in death] while wronging themselves1 - [the angels] will say, "In what [condition] were you?" They will say, "We were oppressed in the land." They [the angels] will say, "Was not the earth of Allāh spacious [enough] for you to emigrate therein?" For those, their refuge is Hell - and evil it is as a destination. [An-Nisaa: 97]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 97

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those whom the angels take [in death] while wronging themselves1 - [the angels] will say, "In what [condition] were you?" They will say, "We were oppressed in the land." They [the angels] will say, "Was not the earth of Allāh spacious [enough] for you to emigrate therein?" For those, their refuge is Hell - and evil it is as a destination.

Transliteration

Ayah 97

Inna allatheena tawaffahumu almalaikatu thalimee anfusihim qaloo feema kuntum qaloo kunna mustadAAafeena fee alardi qaloo alam takun ardu Allahi wasiAAatan fatuhajiroo feeha faolaika mawahum jahannamu wasaat maseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 97

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those whom
3 تَوَفَّاهُمُ tawaffahumu take them (in death) و ف ي
4 الْمَلَآئِكَةُ almalaikatu the Angels م ل ك
5 ظَالِمِىٓ thalimee (while) they (were) wronging ظ ل م
6 أَنْفُسِهِمْ anfusihim themselves ن ف س
7 قَالُواْ qaloo they say ق و ل
8 فِيمَ feema In what (condition)?
9 كُنتُمْ kuntum were you ك و ن
10 قَالُواْ qaloo They said ق و ل
11 كُنَّا kunna We were ك و ن
12 مُسْتَضْعَفِينَ mustadAAafeena oppressed ض ع ف
13 فِى fee in
14 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
15 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo They said ق و ل
16 أَلَمْ alam Not?
17 تَكُنْ takun was ك و ن
18 أَرْضُ ardu (the) earth أ ر ض
19 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
20 وَاسِعَةً wasiAAatan spacious (enough) و س ع
21 فَتُهَاجِرُواْ fatuhajiroo so that you (could) emigrate ه ج ر
22 فِيهَا feeha in it
23 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika Then those
24 مَأْوَاهُمْ mawahum (will have) their abode أ و ي
25 جَهَنَّمُ jahannamu (in) Hell
26 وَسَآءَتْ wasaat and it is an evil س و أ
27 مَصِيرًا maseeran destination ص ي ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 98

إِلَّا ٱلْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ مِنَ ٱلرِّجَالِ وَٱلنِّسَآءِ وَٱلْوِلْدَٰنِ لَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ حِيلَةًۭ وَلَا يَهْتَدُونَ سَبِيلًۭا.(98)

Except for the oppressed among men, women, and children who cannot devise a plan nor are they directed to a way1 - [An-Nisaa: 98]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 98

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Except for the oppressed among men, women, and children who cannot devise a plan nor are they directed to a way1 -

Transliteration

Ayah 98

Illa almustadAAafeena mina alrrijali waalnnisai waalwildani la yastateeAAoona heelatan wala yahtadoona sabeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 98

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِلَّا Illa Except
2 الْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ almustadAAafeena the oppressed ض ع ف
3 مِنَ mina among
4 الرِّجَالِ alrrijali the men ر ج ل
5 وَالنِّسَآءِ waalnnisai and the women ن س و
6 وَالْوِلْدَانِ waalwildani and the children و ل د
7 لَا la (who) not
8 يَسْتَطِيعُونَ yastateeAAoona are able to ط و ع
9 حِيلَةً heelatan plan ح و ل
10 وَلَا wala and not
11 يَهْتَدُونَ yahtadoona they are directed ه د ي
12 سَبِيلًا sabeelan (to) a way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 99

فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ عَسَى ٱللَّهُ أَن يَعْفُوَ عَنْهُمْ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَفُوًّا غَفُورًۭا.(99)

For those it is expected that Allāh will pardon them, and Allāh is ever Pardoning1 and Forgiving. [An-Nisaa: 99]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 99

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

For those it is expected that Allāh will pardon them, and Allāh is ever Pardoning1 and Forgiving.

Transliteration

Ayah 99

Faolaika AAasa Allahu an yaAAfuwa AAanhum wakana Allahu AAafuwwan ghafooran

Word-by-word

Ayah 99

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ Faolaika Then those
2 عَسَى AAasa may be ع س ي
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 أَن an will
5 يَعْفُوَ yaAAfuwa pardon ع ف و
6 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum [on] them
7 وَكَانَ wakana and is ك و ن
8 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
9 عَفُوًّا AAafuwwan Oft-Pardoning ع ف و
10 غَفُورًا ghafooran Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 100

وَمَن يُهَاجِرْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ يَجِدْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُرَٰغَمًۭا كَثِيرًۭا وَسَعَةًۭ ۚ وَمَن يَخْرُجْ مِنۢ بَيْتِهِۦ مُهَاجِرًا إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ ثُمَّ يُدْرِكْهُ ٱلْمَوْتُ فَقَدْ وَقَعَ أَجْرُهُۥ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ غَفُورًۭا رَّحِيمًۭا.(100)

And whoever emigrates for the cause of Allāh will find on the earth many [alternative] locations and abundance. And whoever leaves his home as an emigrant to Allāh and His Messenger and then death overtakes him - his reward has already become incumbent upon Allāh. And Allāh is ever Forgiving and Merciful. [An-Nisaa: 100]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 100

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever emigrates for the cause of Allāh will find on the earth many [alternative] locations and abundance. And whoever leaves his home as an emigrant to Allāh and His Messenger and then death overtakes him - his reward has already become incumbent upon Allāh. And Allāh is ever Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 100

Waman yuhajir fee sabeeli Allahi yajid fee alardi muraghaman katheeran wasaAAatan waman yakhruj min baytihi muhajiran ila Allahi warasoolihi thumma yudrikhu almawtu faqad waqaAAa ajruhu AAala Allahi wakana Allahu ghafooran raheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 100

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 يُهَاجِرْ yuhajir emigrates ه ج ر
3 فِى fee in
4 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
5 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
6 يَجِدْ yajid will find و ج د
7 فِى fee in
8 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
9 مُرَاغَمًا muraghaman place(s) of refuge ر غ م
10 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
11 وَسَعَةً wasaAAatan and abundance و س ع
12 وَمَن waman And whoever
13 يَخْرُجْ yakhruj leaves خ ر ج
14 مِن min from
15 بَيْتِهِ baytihi his home ب ي ت
16 مُهَاجِرًا muhajiran (as) an emigrant ه ج ر
17 إِلَى ila to
18 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
19 وَرَسُولِهِۦ warasoolihi and His Messenger ر س ل
20 ثُمَّ thumma then
21 يُدْرِكْهُ yudrikhu overtakes him د ر ك
22 الْمَوْتُ almawtu [the] death م و ت
23 فَقَدْ faqad then certainly
24 وَقَعَ waqaAAa (became) incumbent و ق ع
25 أَجْرُهُۥ ajruhu his reward أ ج ر
26 عَلَى AAala on
27 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
28 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
29 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
30 غَفُورًا ghafooran Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
31 رَّحِيمًا raheeman Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 101

وَإِذَا ضَرَبْتُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَلَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ أَن تَقْصُرُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ إِنْ خِفْتُمْ أَن يَفْتِنَكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ كَانُوا۟ لَكُمْ عَدُوًّا مُّبِينًۭا.(101)

And when you travel throughout the land, there is no blame upon you for shortening the prayer,1 [especially] if you fear that those who disbelieve may disrupt [or attack] you.2 Indeed, the disbelievers are ever to you a clear enemy. [An-Nisaa: 101]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 101

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when you travel throughout the land, there is no blame upon you for shortening the prayer,1 [especially] if you fear that those who disbelieve may disrupt [or attack] you.2 Indeed, the disbelievers are ever to you a clear enemy.

Transliteration

Ayah 101

Waitha darabtum fee alardi falaysa AAalaykum junahun an taqsuroo mina alssalati in khiftum an yaftinakumu allatheena kafaroo inna alkafireena kanoo lakum AAaduwwan mubeenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 101

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 ضَرَبْتُمْ darabtum you travel ض ر ب
3 فِى fee in
4 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
5 فَلَيْسَ falaysa then not ل ي س
6 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you
7 جُنَاحٌ junahun (is) any blame ج ن ح
8 أَن an that
9 تَقْصُرُواْ taqsuroo you shorten ق ص ر
10 مِنَ mina [of]
11 الصَّلَوٰةِ alssalati the prayer ص ل و
12 إِنْ in if
13 خِفْتُمْ khiftum you fear خ و ف
14 أَن an that
15 يَفْتِنَكُمُ yaftinakumu (may) harm you ف ت ن
16 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
17 كَفَرُوٓا kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
18 إِنَّ inna Indeed
19 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر
20 كَانُواْ kanoo are ك و ن
21 لَكُمْ lakum for you
22 عَدُوًّا AAaduwwan an enemy ع د و
23 مُّبِينًا mubeenan open ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 102

وَإِذَا كُنتَ فِيهِمْ فَأَقَمْتَ لَهُمُ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ فَلْتَقُمْ طَآئِفَةٌۭ مِّنْهُم مَّعَكَ وَلْيَأْخُذُوٓا۟ أَسْلِحَتَهُمْ فَإِذَا سَجَدُوا۟ فَلْيَكُونُوا۟ مِن وَرَآئِكُمْ وَلْتَأْتِ طَآئِفَةٌ أُخْرَىٰ لَمْ يُصَلُّوا۟ فَلْيُصَلُّوا۟ مَعَكَ وَلْيَأْخُذُوا۟ حِذْرَهُمْ وَأَسْلِحَتَهُمْ ۗ وَدَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَوْ تَغْفُلُونَ عَنْ أَسْلِحَتِكُمْ وَأَمْتِعَتِكُمْ فَيَمِيلُونَ عَلَيْكُم مَّيْلَةًۭ وَٰحِدَةًۭ ۚ وَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْكُمْ إِن كَانَ بِكُمْ أَذًۭى مِّن مَّطَرٍ أَوْ كُنتُم مَّرْضَىٰٓ أَن تَضَعُوٓا۟ أَسْلِحَتَكُمْ ۖ وَخُذُوا۟ حِذْرَكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ أَعَدَّ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ عَذَابًۭا مُّهِينًۭا.(102)

And when you [i.e., the commander of an army] are among them and lead them in prayer,1 let a group of them stand [in prayer] with you and let them carry their arms. And when they have prostrated, let them be [in position] behind you and have the other group come forward which has not [yet] prayed and let them pray with you, taking precaution and carrying their arms. Those who disbelieve wish that you would neglect your weapons and your baggage so they could come down upon you in one [single] attack. But there is no blame upon you, if you are troubled by rain or are ill, for putting down your arms, but take precaution. Indeed, Allāh has prepared for the disbelievers a humiliating punishment. [An-Nisaa: 102]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 102

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when you [i.e., the commander of an army] are among them and lead them in prayer,1 let a group of them stand [in prayer] with you and let them carry their arms. And when they have prostrated, let them be [in position] behind you and have the other group come forward which has not [yet] prayed and let them pray with you, taking precaution and carrying their arms. Those who disbelieve wish that you would neglect your weapons and your baggage so they could come down upon you in one [single] attack. But there is no blame upon you, if you are troubled by rain or are ill, for putting down your arms, but take precaution. Indeed, Allāh has prepared for the disbelievers a humiliating punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 102

Waitha kunta feehim faaqamta lahumu alssalata faltaqum taifatun minhum maAAaka walyakhuthoo aslihatahum faitha sajadoo falyakoonoo min waraikum waltati taifatun okhra lam yusalloo falyusalloo maAAaka walyakhuthoo hithrahum waaslihatahum wadda allatheena kafaroo law taghfuloona AAan aslihatikum waamtiAAatikum fayameeloona AAalaykum maylatan wahidatan wala junaha AAalaykum in kana bikum athan min matarin aw kuntum marda an tadaAAoo aslihatakum wakhuthoo hithrakum inna Allaha aAAadda lilkafireena AAathaban muheenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 102

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 كُنتَ kunta you are ك و ن
3 فِيهِمْ feehim among them
4 فَأَقَمْتَ faaqamta and you lead ق و م
5 لَهُمُ lahumu for them
6 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
7 فَلْتَقُمْ faltaqum then let stand ق و م
8 طَآئِفَةٌ taifatun a group ط و ف
9 مِّنْهُم minhum of them
10 مَّعَكَ maAAaka with you
11 وَلْيَأْخُذُواْ walyakhuthoo and let them take أ خ ذ
12 أَسْلِحَتَهُمْ aslihatahum their arms س ل ح
13 فَإِذَا faitha Then when
14 سَجَدُواْ sajadoo they have prostrated س ج د
15 فَلْيَكُونُواْ falyakoonoo then let them be ك و ن
16 مِن min from
17 وَرَآئِكُمْ waraikum behind you و ر ي
18 وَلْتَأْتِ waltati and let come (forward) أ ت ي
19 طَآئِفَةٌ taifatun a group ط و ف
20 أُخْرَىٰ okhra other أ خ ر
21 لَمْ lam (which has) not
22 يُصَلُّواْ yusalloo prayed ص ل و
23 فَلْيُصَلُّواْ falyusalloo and let them pray ص ل و
24 مَعَكَ maAAaka with you
25 وَلْيَأْخُذُواْ walyakhuthoo and let them take أ خ ذ
26 حِذْرَهُمْ hithrahum their precautions ح ذ ر
27 وَأَسْلِحَتَهُمْ waaslihatahum and their arms س ل ح
28 وَدَّ wadda Wished و د د
29 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
30 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
31 لَوْ law if
32 تَغْفُلُونَ taghfuloona you neglect غ ف ل
33 عَنْ AAan [about]
34 أَسْلِحَتِكُمْ aslihatikum your arms س ل ح
35 وَأَمْتِعَتِكُمْ waamtiAAatikum and your baggage م ت ع
36 فَيَمِيلُونَ fayameeloona so (that) they (can) assault م ي ل
37 عَلَيْكُم AAalaykum [upon] you
38 مَّيْلَةً maylatan (in) an attack م ي ل
39 وَاحِدَةً wahidatan single و ح د
40 وَلَا wala But (there is) no
41 جُنَاحَ junaha blame ج ن ح
42 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you
43 إِن in if
44 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
45 بِكُمْ bikum with you
46 أَذًى athan any trouble أ ذ ي
47 مِّن min (because) of
48 مَّطَرٍ matarin rain م ط ر
49 أَوْ aw or
50 كُنتُم kuntum you are ك و ن
51 مَّرْضَىٰٓ marda sick م ر ض
52 أَن an that
53 تَضَعُواْ tadaAAoo you lay down و ض ع
54 أَسْلِحَتَكُمْ aslihatakum your arms س ل ح
55 وَخُذُواْ wakhuthoo but take أ خ ذ
56 حِذْرَكُمْ hithrakum your precautions ح ذ ر
57 إِنَّ inna Indeed
58 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
59 أَعَدَّ aAAadda has prepared ع د د
60 لِلْكَافِرِينَ lilkafireena for the disbelievers ك ف ر
61 عَذَابًا AAathaban a punishment ع ذ ب
62 مُّهِينًا muheenan humiliating ه و ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 103

فَإِذَا قَضَيْتُمُ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ فَٱذْكُرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ قِيَٰمًۭا وَقُعُودًۭا وَعَلَىٰ جُنُوبِكُمْ ۚ فَإِذَا ٱطْمَأْنَنتُمْ فَأَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ كَانَتْ عَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ كِتَٰبًۭا مَّوْقُوتًۭا.(103)

And when you have completed the prayer, remember Allāh standing, sitting, or [lying] on your sides. But when you become secure, re-establish [regular] prayer. Indeed, prayer has been decreed upon the believers a decree of specified times. [An-Nisaa: 103]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 103

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when you have completed the prayer, remember Allāh standing, sitting, or [lying] on your sides. But when you become secure, re-establish [regular] prayer. Indeed, prayer has been decreed upon the believers a decree of specified times.

Transliteration

Ayah 103

Faitha qadaytumu alssalata faothkuroo Allaha qiyaman waquAAoodan waAAala junoobikum faitha itmanantum faaqeemoo alssalata inna alssalata kanat AAala almumineena kitaban mawqootan

Word-by-word

Ayah 103

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَإِذَا Faitha Then when
2 قَضَيْتُمُ qadaytumu you (have) finished ق ض ي
3 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
4 فَاذْكُرُواْ faothkuroo then remember ذ ك ر
5 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
6 قِيَامًا qiyaman standing ق و م
7 وَقُعُودًا waquAAoodan and sitting ق ع د
8 وَعَلَىٰ waAAala and (lying) on
9 جُنُوبِكُمْ junoobikum your sides ج ن ب
10 فَإِذَا faitha But when
11 اطْمَأْنَنتُمْ itmanantum you are secure ط م ن
12 فَأَقِيمُواْ faaqeemoo then establish ق و م
13 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the (regular) prayer ص ل و
14 إِنَّ inna Indeed
15 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
16 كَانَتْ kanat is ك و ن
17 عَلَى AAala on
18 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
19 كِتَابًا kitaban prescribed ك ت ب
20 مَّوْقُوتًا mawqootan (at) fixed times و ق ت

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 104

وَلَا تَهِنُوا۟ فِى ٱبْتِغَآءِ ٱلْقَوْمِ ۖ إِن تَكُونُوا۟ تَأْلَمُونَ فَإِنَّهُمْ يَأْلَمُونَ كَمَا تَأْلَمُونَ ۖ وَتَرْجُونَ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَرْجُونَ ۗ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًا.(104)

And do not weaken in pursuit of the enemy. If you should be suffering - so are they suffering as you are suffering, but you expect from Allāh that which they expect not. And Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 104]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 104

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not weaken in pursuit of the enemy. If you should be suffering - so are they suffering as you are suffering, but you expect from Allāh that which they expect not. And Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 104

Wala tahinoo fee ibtighai alqawmi in takoonoo talamoona fainnahum yalamoona kama talamoona watarjoona mina Allahi ma la yarjoona wakana Allahu AAaleeman hakeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 104

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تَهِنُواْ tahinoo be weak و ه ن
3 فِى fee in
4 ابْتِغَآءَ ibtighai pursuit ب غ ي
5 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi (of) the people ق و م
6 إِن in If
7 تَكُونُواْ takoonoo you are ك و ن
8 تَأْلَمُونَ talamoona suffering أ ل م
9 فَإِنَّهُمْ fainnahum then indeed they
10 يَأْلَمُونَ yalamoona are (also) suffering أ ل م
11 كَمَا kama like what
12 تَأْلَمونَ talamoona you are suffering أ ل م
13 وَتَرْجُونَ watarjoona while you (have) hope ر ج و
14 مِنَ mina from
15 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
16 مَا ma what
17 لَا la not
18 يَرْجُونَ yarjoona they hope ر ج و
19 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
20 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
21 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knowing ع ل م
22 حَكِيمًا hakeeman All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 105

إِنَّآ أَنزَلْنَآ إِلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ بِٱلْحَقِّ لِتَحْكُمَ بَيْنَ ٱلنَّاسِ بِمَآ أَرَىٰكَ ٱللَّهُ ۚ وَلَا تَكُن لِّلْخَآئِنِينَ خَصِيمًۭا.(105)

Indeed, We have revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], the Book in truth so you may judge between the people by that which Allāh has shown you. And do not be for the deceitful an advocate. [An-Nisaa: 105]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 105

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, We have revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], the Book in truth so you may judge between the people by that which Allāh has shown you. And do not be for the deceitful an advocate.

Transliteration

Ayah 105

Inna anzalna ilayka alkitaba bialhaqqi litahkuma bayna alnnasi bima araka Allahu wala takun lilkhaineena khaseeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 105

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّآ Inna Indeed
2 أَنزَلْنَآ anzalna We (have) sent down ن ز ل
3 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
4 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
5 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi with the truth ح ق ق
6 لِتَحْكُمَ litahkuma so that you may judge ح ك م
7 بَيْنَ bayna between ب ي ن
8 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
9 بِمَآ bima with what
10 أَرَاكَ araka has shown you ر أ ي
11 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
12 وَلَا wala And (do) not
13 تَكُن takun be ك و ن
14 لِّلْخَآئِنِينَ lilkhaineena for the deceitful خ و ن
15 خَصِيمًا khaseeman a pleader خ ص م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 106

وَٱسْتَغْفِرِ ٱللَّهَ ۖ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ غَفُورًۭا رَّحِيمًۭا.(106)

And seek forgiveness of Allāh. Indeed, Allāh is ever Forgiving and Merciful. [An-Nisaa: 106]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 106

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And seek forgiveness of Allāh. Indeed, Allāh is ever Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 106

Waistaghfiri Allaha inna Allaha kana ghafooran raheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 106

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاسْتَغْفِرِ Waistaghfiri And seek forgiveness غ ف ر
2 اللهَ Allaha (of) Allah أ ل ه
3 إِنَّ inna Indeed
4 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
5 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
6 غَفُورًا ghafooran Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
7 رَّحِيمًا raheeman Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 107

وَلَا تُجَٰدِلْ عَنِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخْتَانُونَ أَنفُسَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ مَن كَانَ خَوَّانًا أَثِيمًۭا.(107)

And do not argue on behalf of those who deceive themselves. Indeed, Allāh loves not one who is a habitually sinful deceiver. [An-Nisaa: 107]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 107

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not argue on behalf of those who deceive themselves. Indeed, Allāh loves not one who is a habitually sinful deceiver.

Transliteration

Ayah 107

Wala tujadil AAani allatheena yakhtanoona anfusahum inna Allaha la yuhibbu man kana khawwanan atheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 107

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تُجَادِلْ tujadil argue ج د ل
3 عَنِ AAani for
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
5 يَخْتَانُونَ yakhtanoona deceive خ و ن
6 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
7 إِنَّ inna Indeed
8 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
9 لَا la (does) not
10 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu love ح ب ب
11 مَن man (the one) who
12 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
13 خَوَّانًا khawwanan treacherous خ و ن
14 أَثِيمًا atheeman (and) sinful أ ث م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 108

يَسْتَخْفُونَ مِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَلَا يَسْتَخْفُونَ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ وَهُوَ مَعَهُمْ إِذْ يُبَيِّتُونَ مَا لَا يَرْضَىٰ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْلِ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ بِمَا يَعْمَلُونَ مُحِيطًا.(108)

They conceal [their evil intentions and deeds] from the people, but they cannot conceal [them] from Allāh, and He is with them [in His knowledge] when they spend the night in such as He does not accept of speech. And ever is Allāh, of what they do, encompassing. [An-Nisaa: 108]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 108

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They conceal [their evil intentions and deeds] from the people, but they cannot conceal [them] from Allāh, and He is with them [in His knowledge] when they spend the night in such as He does not accept of speech. And ever is Allāh, of what they do, encompassing.

Transliteration

Ayah 108

Yastakhfoona mina alnnasi wala yastakhfoona mina Allahi wahuwa maAAahum ith yubayyitoona ma la yarda mina alqawli wakana Allahu bima yaAAmaloona muheetan

Word-by-word

Ayah 108

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَسْتَخْفُونَ Yastakhfoona They seek to hide خ ف ي
2 مِنَ mina from
3 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
4 وَلَا wala but not
5 يَسْتَخْفُونَ yastakhfoona (can) they hide خ ف ي
6 مِنَ mina from
7 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
8 وَهُوَ wahuwa and He
9 مَعَهُمْ maAAahum (is) with them
10 إِذْ ith when
11 يُبَيِّتُونَ yubayyitoona they plot by night ب ي ت
12 مَا ma what
13 لَا la not
14 يَرْضَىٰ yarda (does) he approve ر ض و
15 مِنَ mina of
16 الْقَوْلِ alqawli the word ق و ل
17 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
18 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
19 بِمَا bima of what
20 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona they do ع م ل
21 مُحِيطًا muheetan All-Encompassing ح و ط

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 109

هَٰٓأَنتُمْ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ جَٰدَلْتُمْ عَنْهُمْ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا فَمَن يُجَٰدِلُ ٱللَّهَ عَنْهُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ أَم مَّن يَكُونُ عَلَيْهِمْ وَكِيلًۭا.(109)

Here you are - those who argue on their behalf in [this] worldly life - but who will argue with Allāh for them on the Day of Resurrection, or who will [then] be their representative? [An-Nisaa: 109]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 109

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Here you are - those who argue on their behalf in [this] worldly life - but who will argue with Allāh for them on the Day of Resurrection, or who will [then] be their representative?

Transliteration

Ayah 109

Haantum haolai jadaltum AAanhum fee alhayati alddunya faman yujadilu Allaha AAanhum yawma alqiyamati am man yakoonu AAalayhim wakeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 109

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هَٰٓأَنتُمْ Haantum Here you are
2 هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ haolai those who
3 جَادَلْتُمْ jadaltum [you] argue ج د ل
4 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum for them
5 فِى fee in
6 الْحَيَاةِ alhayati the life ح ي ي
7 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
8 فَمَن faman but who?
9 يُجَادِلُ yujadilu will argue ج د ل
10 اللهَ Allaha (with) Allah أ ل ه
11 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum for them
12 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) Day ي و م
13 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) [the] Resurrection ق و م
14 أَم am or
15 مَّن man who?
16 يَكُونُ yakoonu will be ك و ن
17 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim [over them]
18 وَكِيلًا wakeelan (their) defender و ك ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 110

وَمَن يَعْمَلْ سُوٓءًا أَوْ يَظْلِمْ نَفْسَهُۥ ثُمَّ يَسْتَغْفِرِ ٱللَّهَ يَجِدِ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورًۭا رَّحِيمًۭا.(110)

And whoever does a wrong or wrongs himself but then seeks forgiveness of Allāh will find Allāh Forgiving and Merciful. [An-Nisaa: 110]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 110

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever does a wrong or wrongs himself but then seeks forgiveness of Allāh will find Allāh Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 110

Waman yaAAmal sooan aw yathlim nafsahu thumma yastaghfiri Allaha yajidi Allaha ghafooran raheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 110

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 يَعْمَلْ yaAAmal does ع م ل
3 سُوٓءًا sooan evil س و أ
4 أَوْ aw or
5 يَظْلِمْ yathlim wrongs ظ ل م
6 نَفْسُهُۥ nafsahu his soul ن ف س
7 ثُمَّ thumma then
8 يَسْتَغْفِرِ yastaghfiri seeks forgiveness غ ف ر
9 اللهَ Allaha (of) Allah أ ل ه
10 يَجِدِ yajidi he will find و ج د
11 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
12 غَفُورًا ghafooran Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
13 رَّحِيمًا raheeman Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 111

وَمَن يَكْسِبْ إِثْمًۭا فَإِنَّمَا يَكْسِبُهُۥ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِۦ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًۭا.(111)

And whoever earns [i.e., commits] a sin only earns it against himself. And Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 111]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 111

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever earns [i.e., commits] a sin only earns it against himself. And Allāh is ever Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 111

Waman yaksib ithman fainnama yaksibuhu AAala nafsihi wakana Allahu AAaleeman hakeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 111

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 يَكْسِبْ yaksib earns ك س ب
3 إِثْمًا ithman sin أ ث م
4 فَإِنَّمَا fainnama then only
5 يَكْسِبُهُۥ yaksibuhu he earns it ك س ب
6 عَلَىٰ AAala against
7 نَفْسِهِۦ nafsihi his soul ن ف س
8 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
9 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
10 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knowing ع ل م
11 حَكِيمًا hakeeman All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 112

وَمَن يَكْسِبْ خَطِيٓـَٔةً أَوْ إِثْمًۭا ثُمَّ يَرْمِ بِهِۦ بَرِيٓـًۭٔا فَقَدِ ٱحْتَمَلَ بُهْتَٰنًۭا وَإِثْمًۭا مُّبِينًۭا.(112)

But whoever earns an offense or a sin and then blames it on an innocent [person] has taken upon himself a slander and manifest sin. [An-Nisaa: 112]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 112

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But whoever earns an offense or a sin and then blames it on an innocent [person] has taken upon himself a slander and manifest sin.

Transliteration

Ayah 112

Waman yaksib khateeatan aw ithman thumma yarmi bihi bareean faqadi ihtamala buhtanan waithman mubeenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 112

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 يَكْسِبْ yaksib earns ك س ب
3 خَطِيٓئَةً khateeatan a fault خ ط أ
4 أَوْ aw or
5 إِثْمًا ithman a sin أ ث م
6 ثُمَّ thumma then
7 يَرْمِ yarmi throws ر م ي
8 بِهِۦ bihi it
9 بَرِيئًا bareean (on) an innocent ب ر أ
10 فَقَدِ faqadi then surely
11 احْتَمَلَ ihtamala he (has) burdened (himself) ح م ل
12 بُهْتَانًا buhtanan (with) a slander ب ه ت
13 وَإِثْمًا waithman and a sin أ ث م
14 مُّبِينًا mubeenan manifest ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 113

وَلَوْلَا فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكَ وَرَحْمَتُهُۥ لَهَمَّت طَّآئِفَةٌۭ مِّنْهُمْ أَن يُضِلُّوكَ وَمَا يُضِلُّونَ إِلَّآ أَنفُسَهُمْ ۖ وَمَا يَضُرُّونَكَ مِن شَىْءٍۢ ۚ وَأَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَعَلَّمَكَ مَا لَمْ تَكُن تَعْلَمُ ۚ وَكَانَ فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكَ عَظِيمًۭا.(113)

And if it was not for the favor of Allāh upon you, [O Muḥammad], and His mercy, a group of them would have determined to mislead you. But they do not mislead except themselves, and they will not harm you at all. And Allāh has revealed to you the Book and wisdom and has taught you that which you did not know. And ever has the favor of Allāh upon you been great. [An-Nisaa: 113]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 113

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if it was not for the favor of Allāh upon you, [O Muḥammad], and His mercy, a group of them would have determined to mislead you. But they do not mislead except themselves, and they will not harm you at all. And Allāh has revealed to you the Book and wisdom and has taught you that which you did not know. And ever has the favor of Allāh upon you been great.

Transliteration

Ayah 113

Walawla fadlu Allahi AAalayka warahmatuhu lahammat taifatun minhum an yudillooka wama yudilloona illa anfusahum wama yadurroonaka min shayin waanzala Allahu AAalayka alkitaba waalhikmata waAAallamaka ma lam takun taAAlamu wakana fadlu Allahi AAalayka AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 113

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْلَا Walawla And if not
2 فَضْلُ fadlu (for the) Grace ف ض ل
3 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
4 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka upon you
5 وَرَحْمَتُهُۥ warahmatuhu and His Mercy ر ح م
6 لَهَمَّت lahammat surely (had) resolved ه م م
7 طَّآئِفَةٌ taifatun a group ط و ف
8 مُّنْهُمْ minhum of them
9 أَن an to
10 يُضِلُّوكَ yudillooka mislead you ض ل ل
11 وَمَا wama But not
12 يُضِلُّونَ yudilloona they mislead ض ل ل
13 إِلَّآ illa except
14 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
15 وَمَا wama and not
16 يَضُرُّونَكَ yadurroonaka they will harm you ض ر ر
17 مِن min in
18 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
19 وَأَنزَلَ waanzala And has sent down ن ز ل
20 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
21 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka to you
22 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
23 وَالْحِكْمَةَ waalhikmata and [the] Wisdom ح ك م
24 وَعَلَّمَكَ waAAallamaka and taught you ع ل م
25 مَا ma what
26 لَمْ lam not
27 تَكُن takun you did ك و ن
28 تَعْلَمُ taAAlamu know ع ل م
29 وَكَانَ wakana And is ك و ن
30 فَضْلُ fadlu (the) Grace ف ض ل
31 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
32 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka upon you
33 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 114

لَّا خَيْرَ فِى كَثِيرٍ مِّن نَّجْوَىٰهُمْ إِلَّا مَنْ أَمَرَ بِصَدَقَةٍ أَوْ مَعْرُوفٍ أَوْ إِصْلَـٰحٍۭ بَيْنَ ٱلنَّاسِ ۚ وَمَن يَفْعَلْ ذَٰلِكَ ٱبْتِغَآءَ مَرْضَاتِ ٱللَّـهِ فَسَوْفَ نُؤْتِيهِ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًا(114)

No good is there in much of their private conversation, except for those who enjoin charity or that which is right or conciliation between people. And whoever does that seeking means to the approval of Allāh - then We are going to give him a great reward. [An-Nisaa: 114]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 114

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

No good is there in much of their private conversation, except for those who enjoin charity or that which is right or conciliation between people. And whoever does that seeking means to the approval of Allāh - then We are going to give him a great reward.

Transliteration

Ayah 114

La khayra fee katheerin min najwahum illa man amara bisadaqatin aw maAAroofin aw islahin bayna alnnasi waman yafAAal thalika ibtighaa mardati Allahi fasawfa nuteehi ajran AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 114

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّا La (There is) no
2 خَيْرَ khayra good خ ي ر
3 فِى fee in
4 كَثِيرٍ katheerin much ك ث ر
5 مِّن min of
6 نَّجْوَاهُمْ najwahum their secret talk ن ج و
7 إِلَّا illa except
8 مَنْ man (he) who
9 أَمَرَ amara orders أ م ر
10 بِصَدَقَةٍ bisadaqatin charity ص د ق
11 أَوْ aw or
12 مَعْرُوفٍ maAAroofin kindness ع ر ف
13 أَوْ aw or
14 إِصْلَاحٍ islahin conciliation ص ل ح
15 بَيْنَ bayna between ب ي ن
16 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
17 وَمَن waman And who
18 يَفْعَلْ yafAAal does ف ع ل
19 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
20 ابْتِغَآءَ ibtighaa seeking ب غ ي
21 مَرْضَاتِ mardati pleasure ر ض و
22 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
23 فَسَوْفَ fasawfa then soon
24 نُؤْتِيهِ nuteehi We will give him أ ت ي
25 أَجْرًا ajran a reward أ ج ر
26 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 115

وَمَن يُشَاقِقِ ٱلرَّسُولَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا تَبَيَّنَ لَهُ ٱلْهُدَىٰ وَيَتَّبِعْ غَيْرَ سَبِيلِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ نُوَلِّهِۦ مَا تَوَلَّىٰ وَنُصْلِهِۦ جَهَنَّمَ ۖ وَسَآءَتْ مَصِيرًا.(115)

And whoever opposes the Messenger after guidance has become clear to him and follows other than the way of the believers - We will give him what he has taken1 and drive him into Hell, and evil it is as a destination. [An-Nisaa: 115]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 115

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever opposes the Messenger after guidance has become clear to him and follows other than the way of the believers - We will give him what he has taken1 and drive him into Hell, and evil it is as a destination.

Transliteration

Ayah 115

Waman yushaqiqi alrrasoola min baAAdi ma tabayyana lahu alhuda wayattabiAA ghayra sabeeli almumineena nuwallihi ma tawalla wanuslihi jahannama wasaat maseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 115

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 يُشَاقِقِ yushaqiqi opposes ش ق ق
3 الرَّسُولَ alrrasoola the Messenger ر س ل
4 مِن min from
5 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
6 مَا ma what
7 تَبَيَّنَ tabayyana (has) become clear ب ي ن
8 لَهُ lahu to him
9 الْهُدَىٰ alhuda (of) the guidance ه د ي
10 وَيَتَّبِعْ wayattabiAA and he follows ت ب ع
11 غَيْرَ ghayra other than غ ي ر
12 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
13 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena (of) the believers أ م ن
14 نُوَلِّهِۦ nuwallihi We will turn him و ل ي
15 مَا ma (to) what
16 تَوَلَّىٰ tawalla he (has) turned و ل ي
17 وَنُصْلِهِۦ wanuslihi and We will burn him ص ل ي
18 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama (in) Hell
19 وَسَآءَتْ wasaat and evil it is س و أ
20 مَصِيرًا maseeran (as) a destination ص ي ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 116

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَغْفِرُ أَن يُشْرَكَ بِهِۦ وَيَغْفِرُ مَا دُونَ ذَٰلِكَ لِمَن يَشَآءُ ۚ وَمَن يُشْرِكْ بِٱللَّهِ فَقَدْ ضَلَّ ضَلَٰلًۢا بَعِيدًا.(116)

Indeed, Allāh does not forgive association with Him, but He forgives what is less than that for whom He wills. And he who associates others with Allāh has certainly gone far astray. [An-Nisaa: 116]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 116

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, Allāh does not forgive association with Him, but He forgives what is less than that for whom He wills. And he who associates others with Allāh has certainly gone far astray.

Transliteration

Ayah 116

Inna Allaha la yaghfiru an yushraka bihi wayaghfiru ma doona thalika liman yashao waman yushrik biAllahi faqad dalla dalalan baAAeedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 116

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 لَا la does not
4 يَغْفِرُ yaghfiru forgive غ ف ر
5 أَن an that
6 يُشْرَكَ yushraka partners be associated ش ر ك
7 بِهِۦ bihi with Him
8 وَيَغْفِرُ wayaghfiru but He forgives غ ف ر
9 مَا ma [what]
10 دُونَ doona other than د و ن
11 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
12 لِمَن liman for whom
13 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
14 وَمَن waman And whoever
15 يُشْرِكْ yushrik associates partners ش ر ك
16 بِاللهِ biAllahi with Allah أ ل ه
17 فَقَدْ faqad then surely
18 ضَلَّ dalla he lost (the) way ض ل ل
19 ضَلَالًا dalalan straying ض ل ل
20 بَعِيدًا baAAeedan far away ب ع د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 117

إِن يَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ إِنَٰثًۭا وَإِن يَدْعُونَ إِلَّا شَيْطَٰنًۭا مَّرِيدًۭا.(117)

They call upon instead of Him none but female [deities], and they [actually] call upon none but a rebellious Satan, [An-Nisaa: 117]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 117

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They call upon instead of Him none but female [deities], and they [actually] call upon none but a rebellious Satan,

Transliteration

Ayah 117

In yadAAoona min doonihi illa inathan wain yadAAoona illa shaytanan mareedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 117

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِن In Not
2 يَدْعُونَ yadAAoona they invoke د ع و
3 مِن min from
4 دُونِهِۦٓ doonihi besides Him د و ن
5 إِلَّآ illa but
6 إِنَاثًا inathan female (deities) أ ن ث
7 وَإِن wain and not
8 يَدْعُونَ yadAAoona they invoke د ع و
9 إِلَّا illa except
10 شَيْطَانًا shaytanan Shaitaan ش ط ن
11 مَّرِيدًا mareedan rebellious م ر د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 118

لَّعَنَهُ ٱللَّهُ ۘ وَقَالَ لَأَتَّخِذَنَّ مِنْ عِبَادِكَ نَصِيبًۭا مَّفْرُوضًۭا.(118)

Whom Allāh has cursed. For he had said, "I will surely take from among Your servants a specific portion. [An-Nisaa: 118]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 118

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Whom Allāh has cursed. For he had said, "I will surely take from among Your servants a specific portion.

Transliteration

Ayah 118

LaAAanahu Allahu waqala laattakhithanna min AAibadika naseeban mafroodan

Word-by-word

Ayah 118

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّعَنَهُ LaAAanahu He was cursed ل ع ن
2 اللهُ Allahu by Allah أ ل ه
3 وَقَالَ waqala and he said ق و ل
4 لَأَتَّخِذَنَّ laattakhithanna I will surely take أ خ ذ
5 مِنْ min from
6 عِبَادِكَ AAibadika your slaves ع ب د
7 نَصِيبًا naseeban a portion ن ص ب
8 مَّفْرُوضًا mafroodan appointed ف ر ض

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 119

وَلَأُضِلَّنَّهُمْ وَلَأُمَنِّيَنَّهُمْ وَلَآمُرَنَّهُمْ فَلَيُبَتِّكُنَّ آذَانَ الْأَنْعَامِ وَلَآمُرَنَّهُمْ فَلَيُغَيِّرُنَّ خَلْقَ اللَّـهِ ۚ وَمَن يَتَّخِذِ الشَّيْطَانَ وَلِيًّا مِّن دُونِ اللَّـهِ فَقَدْ خَسِرَ خُسْرَانًا مُّبِينًا(119)

And I will mislead them, and I will arouse in them [sinful] desires, and I will command them so they will slit the ears of cattle, and I will command them so they will change the creation of Allāh." And whoever takes Satan as an ally instead of Allāh has certainly sustained a clear loss. [An-Nisaa: 119]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 119

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And I will mislead them, and I will arouse in them [sinful] desires, and I will command them so they will slit the ears of cattle, and I will command them so they will change the creation of Allāh." And whoever takes Satan as an ally instead of Allāh has certainly sustained a clear loss.

Transliteration

Ayah 119

Walaodillannahum walaomanniyannahum walaamurannahum falayubattikunna athana alanAAami walaamurannahum falayughayyirunna khalqa Allahi waman yattakhithi alshshaytana waliyyan min dooni Allahi faqad khasira khusranan mubeenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 119

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَأُضِلَّنَّهُمْ Walaodillannahum And I will surely mislead them ض ل ل
2 وَلَأُمَنِّيَنَّهُمْ walaomanniyannahum and surely arouse desires in them م ن ي
3 وَلَاٰمُرَنَّهُمْ walaamurannahum and surely I will order them أ م ر
4 فَلَيُبَتِّكُنَّ falayubattikunna so they will surely cut off ب ت ك
5 اٰذَانَ athana (the) ears أ ذ ن
6 الْأَنْعَامِ alanAAami (of) the cattle ن ع م
7 وَلَاٰمُرَنَّهُمْ walaamurannahum and surely I will order them أ م ر
8 فَلَيُغَيِّرُنَّ falayughayyirunna so they will surely change غ ي ر
9 خَلْقَ khalqa (the) creation خ ل ق
10 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
11 وَمَن waman And whoever
12 يَتَّخِذِ yattakhithi takes أ خ ذ
13 الشَّيْطَانَ alshshaytana the Shaitaan ش ط ن
14 وَلِيًّا waliyyan (as) a friend و ل ي
15 مِّن min from
16 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
17 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
18 فَقَدْ faqad then surely
19 خَسِرَ khasira he (has) lost خ س ر
20 خُسْرَانًا khusranan a loss خ س ر
21 مُّبِينًا mubeenan manifest ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 120

يَعِدُهُمْ وَيُمَنِّيهِمْ ۖ وَمَا يَعِدُهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ إِلَّا غُرُورًا.(120)

He [i.e., Satan] promises them and arouses desire in them. But Satan does not promise them except delusion. [An-Nisaa: 120]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 120

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He [i.e., Satan] promises them and arouses desire in them. But Satan does not promise them except delusion.

Transliteration

Ayah 120

YaAAiduhum wayumanneehim wama yaAAiduhumu alshshaytanu illa ghurooran

Word-by-word

Ayah 120

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَعِدُهُمْ YaAAiduhum He promises them و ع د
2 وَيُمَنِّيهِمْ wayumanneehim and arouses desires in them م ن ي
3 وَمَا wama and not
4 يَعِدُهُمُ yaAAiduhumu promises them و ع د
5 الشَّيْطَانُ alshshaytanu the Shaitaan ش ط ن
6 إِلَّا illa except
7 غُرُورًا ghurooran deception غ ر ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 121

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مَأْوَىٰهُمْ جَهَنَّمُ وَلَا يَجِدُونَ عَنْهَا مَحِيصًۭا.(121)

The refuge of those will be Hell, and they will not find from it an escape. [An-Nisaa: 121]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 121

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The refuge of those will be Hell, and they will not find from it an escape.

Transliteration

Ayah 121

Olaika mawahum jahannamu wala yajidoona AAanha maheesan

Word-by-word

Ayah 121

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ Olaika Those
2 مَأْوَاهُمْ mawahum their abode أ و ي
3 جَهَنَّمُ jahannamu (is) Hell
4 وَلَا wala and not
5 يَجِدُونَ yajidoona they will find و ج د
6 عَنْهَا AAanha from it
7 مَحِيصًا maheesan any escape ح ي ص

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 122

وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ سَنُدْخِلُهُمْ جَنَّٰتٍۢ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًۭا ۖ وَعْدَ ٱللَّهِ حَقًّا ۚ وَمَنْ أَصْدَقُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ قِيلًۭا.(122)

But the ones who believe and do righteous deeds - We will admit them to gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide forever. [It is] the promise of Allāh, [which is] truth, and who is more truthful than Allāh in statement. [An-Nisaa: 122]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 122

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But the ones who believe and do righteous deeds - We will admit them to gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide forever. [It is] the promise of Allāh, [which is] truth, and who is more truthful than Allāh in statement.

Transliteration

Ayah 122

Waallatheena amanoo waAAamiloo alssalihati sanudkhiluhum jannatin tajree min tahtiha alanharu khalideena feeha abadan waAAda Allahi haqqan waman asdaqu mina Allahi qeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 122

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who
2 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d] أ م ن
3 وَعَمِلُواْ waAAamiloo and do ع م ل
4 الصَّالِحَاتِ alssalihati [the] righteous deeds ص ل ح
5 سَنُدْخِلُهُمْ sanudkhiluhum We will admit them د خ ل
6 جَنَّاتٍ jannatin (in) Gardens ج ن ن
7 تَجْرِى tajree flow ج ر ي
8 مِن min from
9 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath it ت ح ت
10 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
11 خَالِدِينَ khalideena will abide خ ل د
12 فِيهَآ feeha in it
13 أَبَدًا abadan forever أ ب د
14 وَعْدَ waAAda A Promise و ع د
15 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
16 حَقًّا haqqan (in) truth ح ق ق
17 وَمَنْ waman and who?
18 أَصْدَقُ asdaqu (is) truer ص د ق
19 مِنَ mina than
20 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
21 قِيلًا qeelan (in) statement ق و ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 123

لَّيْسَ بِأَمَانِيِّكُمْ وَلَآ أَمَانِىِّ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ ۗ مَن يَعْمَلْ سُوٓءًۭا يُجْزَ بِهِۦ وَلَا يَجِدْ لَهُۥ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَلِيًّا وَلَا نَصِيرًۭا.(123)

It [i.e., Paradise] is not [obtained] by your wishful thinking nor by that of the People of the Scripture. Whoever does a wrong will be recompensed for it, and he will not find besides Allāh a protector or a helper. [An-Nisaa: 123]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 123

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

It [i.e., Paradise] is not [obtained] by your wishful thinking nor by that of the People of the Scripture. Whoever does a wrong will be recompensed for it, and he will not find besides Allāh a protector or a helper.

Transliteration

Ayah 123

Laysa biamaniyyikum wala amaniyyi ahli alkitabi man yaAAmal sooan yujza bihi wala yajid lahu min dooni Allahi waliyyan wala naseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 123

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّيْسَ Laysa Not ل ي س
2 بِأَمَانِيِّكُمْ biamaniyyikum by your desire م ن ي
3 وَلَآ wala and not
4 أَمَانِىِّ amaniyyi (by the) desire م ن ي
5 أَهْلِ ahli (of the) People أ ه ل
6 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
7 مَن man Whoever
8 يَعْمَلْ yaAAmal does ع م ل
9 سُوٓءًا sooan evil س و أ
10 يُجْزَ yujza will be recompensed ج ز ي
11 بِهِۦ bihi for it
12 وَلَا wala and not
13 يَجِدْ yajid he will find و ج د
14 لَهُۥ lahu for him
15 مِن min from
16 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
17 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
18 وَلِيًّا waliyyan any protector و ل ي
19 وَلَا wala and not
20 نَصِيرًا naseeran any helper ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 124

وَمَن يَعْمَلْ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ مِن ذَكَرٍ أَوْ أُنثَىٰ وَهُوَ مُؤْمِنٌۭ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يَدْخُلُونَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ وَلَا يُظْلَمُونَ نَقِيرًۭا.(124)

And whoever does righteous deeds, whether male or female, while being a believer - those will enter Paradise and will not be wronged, [even as much as] the speck on a date seed. [An-Nisaa: 124]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 124

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever does righteous deeds, whether male or female, while being a believer - those will enter Paradise and will not be wronged, [even as much as] the speck on a date seed.

Transliteration

Ayah 124

Waman yaAAmal mina alssalihati min thakarin aw ontha wahuwa muminun faolaika yadkhuloona aljannata wala yuthlamoona naqeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 124

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 يَعْمَلْ yaAAmal does ع م ل
3 مِنَ mina [of]
4 الصَّالِحَاتَ alssalihati [the] righteous deeds ص ل ح
5 مِن min from
6 ذَكَرٍ thakarin (the) male ذ ك ر
7 أَوْ aw or
8 أُنثَىٰ ontha female أ ن ث
9 وَهُوَ wahuwa and he
10 مُؤْمِنٌ muminun (is) a believer أ م ن
11 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika then those
12 يَدْخُلُونَ yadkhuloona will enter د خ ل
13 الْجَنَّةَ aljannata Paradise ج ن ن
14 وَلَا wala and not
15 يُظْلَمُونَ yuthlamoona they will be wronged ظ ل م
16 نَقِيرًا naqeeran (even as much as) the speck on a date-seed ن ق ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 125

وَمَنْ أَحْسَنُ دِينًۭا مِّمَّنْ أَسْلَمَ وَجْهَهُۥ لِلَّهِ وَهُوَ مُحْسِنٌۭ وَٱتَّبَعَ مِلَّةَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ حَنِيفًۭا ۗ وَٱتَّخَذَ ٱللَّهُ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ خَلِيلًۭا.(125)

And who is better in religion than one who submits himself to Allāh while being a doer of good and follows the religion of Abraham, inclining toward truth? And Allāh took Abraham as an intimate friend. [An-Nisaa: 125]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 125

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And who is better in religion than one who submits himself to Allāh while being a doer of good and follows the religion of Abraham, inclining toward truth? And Allāh took Abraham as an intimate friend.

Transliteration

Ayah 125

Waman ahsanu deenan mimman aslama wajhahu lillahi wahuwa muhsinun waittabaAAa millata ibraheema haneefan waittakhatha Allahu ibraheema khaleelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 125

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَنْ Waman And who?
2 أَحْسَنُ ahsanu (is) better ح س ن
3 دِينًا deenan (in) religion د ي ن
4 مِّمَّنْ mimman than (one) who
5 أَسْلَمَ aslama submits س ل م
6 وَجْهَهُۥ wajhahu his face و ج ه
7 لِلّٰهِ lillahi to Allah أ ل ه
8 وَهُوَ wahuwa and he
9 مُحْسِنٌ muhsinun (is) a good-doer ح س ن
10 وَاتَّبَعَ waittabaAAa and follows ت ب ع
11 مِلَّةَ millata (the) religion م ل ل
12 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema (of) Ibrahim
13 حَنِيفًا haneefan (the) upright ح ن ف
14 وَاتَّخَذَ waittakhatha And was taken أ خ ذ
15 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
16 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema Ibrahim
17 خَلِيلًا khaleelan (as) a friend خ ل ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 126

وَلِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ مُّحِيطًۭا.(126)

And to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And ever is Allāh, of all things, encompassing. [An-Nisaa: 126]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 126

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And ever is Allāh, of all things, encompassing.

Transliteration

Ayah 126

Walillahi ma fee alssamawati wama fee alardi wakana Allahu bikulli shayin muheetan

Word-by-word

Ayah 126

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِلّٰهِ Walillahi And for Allah أ ل ه
2 مَا ma (is) what
3 فِى fee (is) in
4 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
5 وَمَا wama and what
6 فِى fee (is) in
7 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
8 وَكَانَ wakana and is ك و ن
9 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
10 بِكُلِّ bikulli of every ك ل ل
11 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
12 مُّحِيطًا muheetan All-Encompassing ح و ط

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 127

وَيَسْتَفْتُونَكَ فِى ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۖ قُلِ ٱللَّهُ يُفْتِيكُمْ فِيهِنَّ وَمَا يُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ فِى ٱلْكِتَٰبِ فِى يَتَٰمَى ٱلنِّسَآءِ ٱلَّٰتِى لَا تُؤْتُونَهُنَّ مَا كُتِبَ لَهُنَّ وَتَرْغَبُونَ أَن تَنكِحُوهُنَّ وَٱلْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ مِنَ ٱلْوِلْدَٰنِ وَأَن تَقُومُوا۟ لِلْيَتَٰمَىٰ بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۚ وَمَا تَفْعَلُوا۟ مِنْ خَيْرٍۢ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِهِۦ عَلِيمًۭا.(127)

And they request from you, [O Muḥammad], a [legal] ruling concerning women. Say, "Allāh gives you a ruling about them and [about] what has been recited to you in the Book concerning the orphan girls to whom you do not give what is decreed for them1 - and [yet] you desire to marry them - and concerning the oppressed among children and that you maintain for orphans [their rights] in justice." And whatever you do of good - indeed, Allāh is ever Knowing of it. [An-Nisaa: 127]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 127

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they request from you, [O Muḥammad], a [legal] ruling concerning women. Say, "Allāh gives you a ruling about them and [about] what has been recited to you in the Book concerning the orphan girls to whom you do not give what is decreed for them1 - and [yet] you desire to marry them - and concerning the oppressed among children and that you maintain for orphans [their rights] in justice." And whatever you do of good - indeed, Allāh is ever Knowing of it.

Transliteration

Ayah 127

Wayastaftoonaka fee alnnisai quli Allahu yufteekum feehinna wama yutla AAalaykum fee alkitabi fee yatama alnnisai allatee la tutoonahunna ma kutiba lahunna watarghaboona an tankihoohunna waalmustadAAafeena mina alwildani waan taqoomoo lilyatama bialqisti wama tafAAaloo min khayrin fainna Allaha kana bihi AAaleeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 127

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَيَسْتَفْتُونَكَ Wayastaftoonaka And they seek your ruling ف ت ي
2 فِى fee concerning
3 النِّسَآءِ alnnisai the women ن س و
4 قُلِ quli Say ق و ل
5 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
6 يُفْتِيكُمْ yufteekum gives you the ruling ف ت ي
7 فِيهِنَّ feehinna about them
8 وَمَا wama and what
9 يُتْلَىٰ yutla is recited ت ل و
10 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum to you
11 فِى fee in
12 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi the Book ك ت ب
13 فِى fee concerning
14 يَتَٰمَى yatama orphans ي ت م
15 النِّسَآءِ alnnisai (of) girls ن س و
16 اللَّاتِى allatee (to) whom
17 لَا la not
18 تُؤْتُونَهُنَّ tutoonahunna (do) you give them أ ت ي
19 مَا ma what
20 كُتِبَ kutiba is ordained ك ت ب
21 لَهُنَّ lahunna for them
22 وَتَرْغَبُونَ watarghaboona and you desire ر غ ب
23 أَن an to
24 تَنكِحُوهُنَّ tankihoohunna marry them ن ك ح
25 وَالْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ waalmustadAAafeena and the ones who are weak ض ع ف
26 مِنَ mina of
27 الْوِلْدَانِ alwildani the children و ل د
28 وَأَن waan and to
29 تَقُومُواْ taqoomoo stand ق و م
30 لِلْيَتَامَىٰ lilyatama for orphans ي ت م
31 بِالْقِسْطِ bialqisti with justice ق س ط
32 وَمَا wama And whatever
33 تَفْعَلُوٓاْ tafAAaloo you do ف ع ل
34 مِنْ min of
35 خَيْرٍ khayrin good خ ي ر
36 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
37 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
38 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
39 بِهِۦ bihi about it
40 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 128

وَإِنِ ٱمْرَأَةٌ خَافَتْ مِنۢ بَعْلِهَا نُشُوزًا أَوْ إِعْرَاضًۭا فَلَا جُنَاحَ عَلَيْهِمَآ أَن يُصْلِحَا بَيْنَهُمَا صُلْحًۭا ۚ وَٱلصُّلْحُ خَيْرٌۭ ۗ وَأُحْضِرَتِ ٱلْأَنفُسُ ٱلشُّحَّ ۚ وَإِن تُحْسِنُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرًۭا.(128)

And if a woman fears from her husband contempt or evasion, there is no sin upon them if they make terms of settlement between them - and settlement is best. And present in [human] souls is stinginess.1 But if you do good and fear Allāh - then indeed Allāh is ever, of what you do, Aware. [An-Nisaa: 128]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 128

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if a woman fears from her husband contempt or evasion, there is no sin upon them if they make terms of settlement between them - and settlement is best. And present in [human] souls is stinginess.1 But if you do good and fear Allāh - then indeed Allāh is ever, of what you do, Aware.

Transliteration

Ayah 128

Waini imraatun khafat min baAAliha nushoozan aw iAAradan fala junaha AAalayhima an yusliha baynahuma sulhan waalssulhu khayrun waohdirati alanfusu alshshuhha wain tuhsinoo watattaqoo fainna Allaha kana bima taAAmaloona khabeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 128

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِنِ Waini And if
2 امْرَأَةٌ imraatun a woman م ر أ
3 خَافَتْ khafat fears خ و ف
4 مِن min from
5 بَعْلِهَا baAAliha her husband ب ع ل
6 نُشُوزًا nushoozan ill-conduct ن ش ز
7 أَوْ aw or
8 إِعْرَاضًا iAAradan desertion ع ر ض
9 فَلَا fala then (there is) no
10 جُنَاْحَ junaha sin ج ن ح
11 عَلَيْهِمَآ AAalayhima on both of them
12 أَن an that
13 يُصْلِحَا yusliha they make terms of peace ص ل ح
14 بَيْنَهُمَا baynahuma between themselves ب ي ن
15 صُلْحًا sulhan a reconciliation ص ل ح
16 وَالصُّلْحُ waalssulhu and [the] reconciliation ص ل ح
17 خَيْرٌ khayrun (is) best خ ي ر
18 وَأُحْضِرَتِ waohdirati And are swayed ح ض ر
19 الْأَنفُسُ alanfusu the souls ن ف س
20 الشُّحَّ alshshuhha (by) greed ش ح ح
21 وَإِن wain But if
22 تُحْسِنُواْ tuhsinoo you do good ح س ن
23 وَتَتَّقُواْ watattaqoo and fear (Allah) و ق ي
24 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
25 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
26 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
27 بِمَا bima of what
28 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona you do ع م ل
29 خَبِيرًا khabeeran All-Aware خ ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 129

وَلَن تَسْتَطِيعُوٓا۟ أَن تَعْدِلُوا۟ بَيْنَ ٱلنِّسَآءِ وَلَوْ حَرَصْتُمْ ۖ فَلَا تَمِيلُوا۟ كُلَّ ٱلْمَيْلِ فَتَذَرُوهَا كَٱلْمُعَلَّقَةِ ۚ وَإِن تُصْلِحُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ غَفُورًۭا رَّحِيمًۭا.(129)

And you will never be able to be equal [in feeling] between wives, even if you should strive [to do so]. So do not incline completely [toward one] and leave another hanging.1 And if you amend [your affairs] and fear Allāh - then indeed, Allāh is ever Forgiving and Merciful. [An-Nisaa: 129]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 129

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And you will never be able to be equal [in feeling] between wives, even if you should strive [to do so]. So do not incline completely [toward one] and leave another hanging.1 And if you amend [your affairs] and fear Allāh - then indeed, Allāh is ever Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 129

Walan tastateeAAoo an taAAdiloo bayna alnnisai walaw harastum fala tameeloo kulla almayli fatatharooha kaalmuAAallaqati wain tuslihoo watattaqoo fainna Allaha kana ghafooran raheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 129

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَن Walan And never
2 تَسْتَطِيعُواْ tastateeAAoo will you be able ط و ع
3 أَن an to
4 تَعْدِلُواْ taAAdiloo deal justly ع د ل
5 بَيْنَ bayna between ب ي ن
6 النِّسَآءِ alnnisai [the] women ن س و
7 وَلَوْ walaw even if
8 حَرَصْتُمْ harastum you desired ح ر ص
9 فَلَا fala but (do) not
10 تَمِيلُواْ tameeloo incline م ي ل
11 كُلَّ kulla (with) all ك ل ل
12 الْمَيْلِ almayli the inclination م ي ل
13 فَتَذَرُوهَا fatatharooha and leave her (the other) و ذ ر
14 كَالْمُعَلَّقَةِ kaalmuAAallaqati like the suspended one ع ل ق
15 وَإِن wain And if
16 تُصْلِحُواْ tuslihoo you reconcile ص ل ح
17 وَتَتَّقُواْ watattaqoo and fear (Allah) و ق ي
18 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
19 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
20 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
21 غَفُورًا ghafooran Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
22 رَّحِيمًا raheeman Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 130

وَإِن يَتَفَرَّقَا يُغْنِ ٱللَّهُ كُلًّا مِّن سَعَتِهِۦ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ وَٰسِعًا حَكِيمًۭا.(130)

But if they separate [by divorce], Allāh will enrich each [of them] from His abundance. And ever is Allāh Encompassing and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 130]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 130

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But if they separate [by divorce], Allāh will enrich each [of them] from His abundance. And ever is Allāh Encompassing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 130

Wain yatafarraqa yughni Allahu kullan min saAAatihi wakana Allahu wasiAAan hakeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 130

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِن Wain And if
2 يَتَفَرَّقَا yatafarraqa they separate ف ر ق
3 يُغْنِ yughni will be enriched غ ن ي
4 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
5 كُلًّا kullan each (of them) ك ل ل
6 مِّن min from
7 سَعَتِهِۦ saAAatihi His abundance و س ع
8 وَكَانَ wakana and is, was, will be ك و ن
9 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
10 وَاسِعًا wasiAAan All-Encompassing و س ع
11 حَكِيمًا hakeeman All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 131

وَلِلَّـهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۗوَلَقَدْ وَصَّيْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ وَإِيَّاكُمْ أَنِ ٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّـهَ ۚوَإِن تَكْفُرُوا۟ فَإِنَّ لِلَّـهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّـهُ غَنِيًّا حَمِيدًا(131)

And to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And We have instructed those who were given the Scripture before you and yourselves to fear Allāh. But if you disbelieve - then to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And ever is Allāh Free of need and Praiseworthy. [An-Nisaa: 131]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 131

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And We have instructed those who were given the Scripture before you and yourselves to fear Allāh. But if you disbelieve - then to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And ever is Allāh Free of need and Praiseworthy.

Transliteration

Ayah 131

Walillahi ma fee alssamawati wama fee alardi walaqad wassayna allatheena ootoo alkitaba min qablikum waiyyakum ani ittaqoo Allaha wain takfuroo fainna lillahi ma fee alssamawati wama fee alardi wakana Allahu ghaniyyan hameedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 131

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِلّٰهِ Walillahi And for Allah أ ل ه
2 مَا ma (is) whatever
3 فِى fee (is) in
4 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
5 وَمَا wama and whatever
6 فِى fee (is) in
7 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
8 وَلَقَدْ walaqad And surely
9 وَصَّيْنَا wassayna We have instructed و ص ي
10 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
11 أُوتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
12 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
13 مِن min from
14 قَبْلِكُمْ qablikum before you ق ب ل
15 وَإِيَّاكُمْ waiyyakum and yourselves
16 أَنِ ani that
17 اتَّقُواْ ittaqoo you fear و ق ي
18 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
19 وَإِن wain But if
20 تَكْفُرُواْ takfuroo you disbelieve ك ف ر
21 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
22 لِلّٰهِ lillahi for Allah أ ل ه
23 مَا ma (is) whatever
24 فِى fee (is) in
25 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
26 وَمَا wama and whatever
27 فِى fee (is) in
28 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
29 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
30 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
31 غَنِيًّا ghaniyyan Free of need غ ن ي
32 حَمِيدًا hameedan Praiseworthy ح م د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 132

وَلِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ وَكِيلًا.(132)

And to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And sufficient is Allāh as Disposer of affairs.1 [An-Nisaa: 132]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 132

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And sufficient is Allāh as Disposer of affairs.1

Transliteration

Ayah 132

Walillahi ma fee alssamawati wama fee alardi wakafa biAllahi wakeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 132

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِلّٰهِ Walillahi And for Allah أ ل ه
2 مَا ma (is) whatever
3 فِى fee (is) in
4 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
5 وَمَا wama and whatever
6 فِى fee (is) in
7 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
8 وَكَفَىٰ wakafa And is sufficient ك ف ي
9 بِاللهِ biAllahi Allah أ ل ه
10 وَكِيلًا wakeelan (as) a Disposer of affairs و ك ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 133

إِن يَشَأْ يُذْهِبْكُمْ أَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ وَيَأْتِ بِـَٔاخَرِينَ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ ذَٰلِكَ قَدِيرًۭا.(133)

If He wills, He can do away with you, O people, and bring others [in your place]. And ever is Allāh competent to do that. [An-Nisaa: 133]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 133

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If He wills, He can do away with you, O people, and bring others [in your place]. And ever is Allāh competent to do that.

Transliteration

Ayah 133

In yasha yuthhibkum ayyuha alnnasu wayati biakhareena wakana Allahu AAala thalika qadeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 133

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِن In If
2 يَشَأْ yasha He wills ش ي أ
3 يُذْهِبْكُمْ yuthhibkum He can take you away ذ ه ب
4 أَيُّهَا ayyuha O
5 النَّاسُ alnnasu people ن و س
6 وَيَأْتِ wayati and bring أ ت ي
7 بِاٰخَرِينَ biakhareena others أ خ ر
8 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
9 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
10 عَلَىٰ AAala over
11 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
12 قَدِيرًا qadeeran All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 134

مَّن كَانَ يُرِيدُ ثَوَابَ ٱلدُّنْيَا فَعِندَ ٱللَّهِ ثَوَابُ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْآخِرَةِ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ سَمِيعًۢا بَصِيرًۭا.(134)

Whoever desires the reward of this world - then with Allāh is the reward of this world and the Hereafter. And ever is Allāh Hearing and Seeing. [An-Nisaa: 134]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 134

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Whoever desires the reward of this world - then with Allāh is the reward of this world and the Hereafter. And ever is Allāh Hearing and Seeing.

Transliteration

Ayah 134

Man kana yureedu thawaba alddunya faAAinda Allahi thawabu alddunya waalakhirati wakana Allahu sameeAAan baseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 134

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَّن Man Whoever
2 كَانَ kana [is] ك و ن
3 يُرِيدُ yureedu desires ر و د
4 ثَوَابَ thawaba reward ث و ب
5 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
6 فَعِندَ faAAinda then with ع ن د
7 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
8 ثَوَابُ thawabu (is the) reward ث و ب
9 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
10 وَالْآخِرَةِ waalakhirati and the Hereafter أ خ ر
11 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
12 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
13 سَمِيعًا sameeAAan All-Hearing س م ع
14 بَصِيرًا baseeran All-Seeing ب ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 135

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ كُونُوا۟ قَوَّٰمِينَ بِٱلْقِسْطِ شُهَدَآءَ لِلَّهِ وَلَوْ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِكُمْ أَوِ ٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ وَٱلْأَقْرَبِينَ ۚ إِن يَكُنْ غَنِيًّا أَوْ فَقِيرًۭا فَٱللَّهُ أَوْلَىٰ بِهِمَا ۖ فَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ ٱلْهَوَىٰٓ أَن تَعْدِلُوا۟ ۚ وَإِن تَلْوُۥٓا۟ أَوْ تُعْرِضُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرًۭا.(135)

O you who have believed, be persistently standing firm in justice, witnesses for Allāh, even if it be against yourselves or parents and relatives. Whether one is rich or poor, Allāh is more worthy of both.1 So follow not [personal] inclination, lest you not be just. And if you distort [your testimony] or refuse [to give it], then indeed Allāh is ever, of what you do, Aware. [An-Nisaa: 135]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 135

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, be persistently standing firm in justice, witnesses for Allāh, even if it be against yourselves or parents and relatives. Whether one is rich or poor, Allāh is more worthy of both.1 So follow not [personal] inclination, lest you not be just. And if you distort [your testimony] or refuse [to give it], then indeed Allāh is ever, of what you do, Aware.

Transliteration

Ayah 135

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo koonoo qawwameena bialqisti shuhadaa lillahi walaw AAala anfusikum awi alwalidayni waalaqrabeena in yakun ghaniyyan aw faqeeran faAllahu awla bihima fala tattabiAAoo alhawa an taAAdiloo wain talwoo aw tuAAridoo fainna Allaha kana bima taAAmaloona khabeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 135

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 كُونُواْ koonoo Be ك و ن
5 قَوَّامِينَ qawwameena custodians ق و م
6 بِالْقِسْطِ bialqisti of justice ق س ط
7 شُهَدَآءَ shuhadaa (as) witnesses ش ه د
8 لِلّٰهِ lillahi to Allah أ ل ه
9 وَلَوْ walaw even if
10 عَلَىٰٓ AAala (it is) against
11 أَنفُسِكُمْ anfusikum yourselves ن ف س
12 أَوِ awi or
13 الْوَالِدَيْنِ alwalidayni the parents و ل د
14 وَالْأَقْرَبِينَ waalaqrabeena and the relatives ق ر ب
15 إِن in if
16 يَكُنْ yakun he be ك و ن
17 غَنِيًّا ghaniyyan rich غ ن ي
18 أَوْ aw or
19 فَقَيرًا faqeeran poor ف ق ر
20 فَاللهُ faAllahu for Allah أ ل ه
21 أَوْلَىٰ awla (is) nearer و ل ي
22 بِهِمَا bihima to both of them
23 فَلَا fala So (do) not
24 تَتَّبِعُواْ tattabiAAoo follow ت ب ع
25 الْهَوَىٰٓ alhawa the desire ه و ي
26 أَن an lest
27 تَعْدِلُواْ taAAdiloo you deviate ع د ل
28 وَإِن wain And if
29 تَلْوُوٓاْ talwoo you distort ل و ي
30 أَوْ aw or
31 تُعْرِضُواْ tuAAridoo refrain ع ر ض
32 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
33 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
34 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
35 بِمَا bima of what
36 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona you do ع م ل
37 خَبِيرًا khabeeran All-Aware خ ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 136

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ وَٱلْكِتَٰبِ ٱلَّذِى نَزَّلَ عَلَىٰ رَسُولِهِۦ وَٱلْكِتَٰبِ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ مِن قَبْلُ ۚ وَمَن يَكْفُرْ بِٱللَّهِ وَمَلَٰٓئِكَتِهِۦ وَكُتُبِهِۦ وَرُسُلِهِۦ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ فَقَدْ ضَلَّ ضَلَٰلًۢا بَعِيدًا.(136)

O you who have believed, believe1 in Allāh and His Messenger and the Book that He sent down upon His Messenger and the Scripture which He sent down before. And whoever disbelieves in Allāh, His angels, His books, His messengers, and the Last Day has certainly gone far astray. [An-Nisaa: 136]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 136

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, believe1 in Allāh and His Messenger and the Book that He sent down upon His Messenger and the Scripture which He sent down before. And whoever disbelieves in Allāh, His angels, His books, His messengers, and the Last Day has certainly gone far astray.

Transliteration

Ayah 136

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo aminoo biAllahi warasoolihi waalkitabi allathee nazzala AAala rasoolihi waalkitabi allathee anzala min qablu waman yakfur biAllahi wamalaikatihi wakutubihi warusulihi waalyawmi alakhiri faqad dalla dalalan baAAeedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 136

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 اٰمِنُواْ aminoo Believe أ م ن
5 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
6 وَرَسُولِهِۦ warasoolihi and His Messenger ر س ل
7 وَالْكِتَابِ waalkitabi and the Book ك ت ب
8 الَّذِى allathee which
9 نَزَّلَ nazzala He revealed ن ز ل
10 عَلَىٰ AAala upon
11 رَسُولِهِۦ rasoolihi His Messenger ر س ل
12 وَالْكِتَابِ waalkitabi and the Book ك ت ب
13 الَّذِىٓ allathee which
14 أَنزَلَ anzala He revealed ن ز ل
15 مِن min from
16 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
17 وَمَن waman And whoever
18 يَكْفُرْ yakfur disbelieves ك ف ر
19 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
20 وَمَلَآئِكَتِهِۦ wamalaikatihi and His Angels م ل ك
21 وَكُتُبِهِۦ wakutubihi and His Books ك ت ب
22 وَرُسُلِهِۦ warusulihi and His Messengers ر س ل
23 وَالْيَوْمِ waalyawmi and the Day ي و م
24 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
25 فَقَدْ faqad then surely
26 ضَلَّ dalla he (has) lost (the) way ض ل ل
27 ضَلَالًا dalalan straying ض ل ل
28 بَعِيدًا baAAeedan far away ب ع د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 137

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ثُمَّ كَفَرُوا۟ ثُمَّ ءَامَنُوا۟ ثُمَّ كَفَرُوا۟ ثُمَّ ٱزْدَادُوا۟ كُفْرًۭا لَّمْ يَكُنِ ٱللَّهُ لِيَغْفِرَ لَهُمْ وَلَا لِيَهْدِيَهُمْ سَبِيلًۢا.(137)

Indeed, those who have believed then disbelieved, then believed then disbelieved, and then increased in disbelief - never will Allāh forgive them, nor will He guide them to a way. [An-Nisaa: 137]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 137

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who have believed then disbelieved, then believed then disbelieved, and then increased in disbelief - never will Allāh forgive them, nor will He guide them to a way.

Transliteration

Ayah 137

Inna allatheena amanoo thumma kafaroo thumma amanoo thumma kafaroo thumma izdadoo kufran lam yakuni Allahu liyaghfira lahum wala liyahdiyahum sabeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 137

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believed أ م ن
4 ثُمَّ thumma then
5 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
6 ثُمَّ thumma then
7 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo (again) believed أ م ن
8 ثُمَّ thumma then
9 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
10 ثُمَّ thumma then
11 ازْدَادُواْ izdadoo increased ز ي د
12 كُفْرًا kufran (in) disbelief ك ف ر
13 لَّمْ lam not
14 يَكُنِ yakuni will ك و ن
15 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
16 لِيَغْفِرَ liyaghfira forgive غ ف ر
17 لَهُمْ lahum [for] them
18 وَلَا wala and not
19 لِيَهْدِيَهُمْ liyahdiyahum will guide them ه د ي
20 سَبِيلًا sabeelan (to) a (right) way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 138

بَشِّرِ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ بِأَنَّ لَهُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًا.(138)

Give tidings to the hypocrites that there is for them a painful punishment - [An-Nisaa: 138]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 138

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Give tidings to the hypocrites that there is for them a painful punishment -

Transliteration

Ayah 138

Bashshiri almunafiqeena bianna lahum AAathaban aleeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 138

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 بَشِّرِ Bashshiri Give tidings ب ش ر
2 الْمُنَافِقِينَ almunafiqeena (to) the hypocrites ن ف ق
3 بِأَنَّ bianna that
4 لَهُمْ lahum for them
5 عَذَابًا AAathaban (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
6 أَلِيمًا aleeman painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 139

ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَّخِذُونَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ ۚ أَيَبْتَغُونَ عِندَهُمُ ٱلْعِزَّةَ فَإِنَّ ٱلْعِزَّةَ لِلَّهِ جَمِيعًۭا.(139)

Those who take disbelievers as allies instead of the believers. Do they seek with them honor [through power]? But indeed, honor belongs to Allāh entirely.1 [An-Nisaa: 139]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 139

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who take disbelievers as allies instead of the believers. Do they seek with them honor [through power]? But indeed, honor belongs to Allāh entirely.1

Transliteration

Ayah 139

Allatheena yattakhithoona alkafireena awliyaa min dooni almumineena ayabtaghoona AAindahumu alAAizzata fainna alAAizzata lillahi jameeAAan

Word-by-word

Ayah 139

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 يَتَّخِذُونَ yattakhithoona take أ خ ذ
3 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر
4 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa (as) allies و ل ي
5 مِن min (from)
6 دُونِ dooni instead of د و ن
7 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
8 أَيَبْتَغُونَ ayabtaghoona Do they seek? ب غ ي
9 عِندَهُمُ AAindahumu with them ع ن د
10 الْعِزَّةَ alAAizzata the honor ع ز ز
11 فَإِنَّ fainna But indeed
12 الْعِزَّةَ alAAizzata the honor ع ز ز
13 لِلّٰهِ lillahi (is) for Allah أ ل ه
14 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all ج م ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 140

وَقَدْ نَزَّلَ عَلَيْكُمْ فِى ٱلْكِتَٰبِ أَنْ إِذَا سَمِعْتُمْ ءَايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ يُكْفَرُ بِهَا وَيُسْتَهْزَأُ بِهَا فَلَا تَقْعُدُوا۟ مَعَهُمْ حَتَّىٰ يَخُوضُوا۟ فِى حَدِيثٍ غَيْرِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّكُمْ إِذًۭا مِّثْلُهُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ جَامِعُ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ وَٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ فِى جَهَنَّمَ جَمِيعًا.(140)

And it has already come down to you in the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] that when you hear the verses of Allāh [recited], they are denied [by them] and ridiculed; so do not sit with them until they enter into another conversation. Indeed, you would then be like them.1 Indeed, Allāh will gather the hypocrites and disbelievers in Hell all together - [An-Nisaa: 140]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 140

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And it has already come down to you in the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] that when you hear the verses of Allāh [recited], they are denied [by them] and ridiculed; so do not sit with them until they enter into another conversation. Indeed, you would then be like them.1 Indeed, Allāh will gather the hypocrites and disbelievers in Hell all together -

Transliteration

Ayah 140

Waqad nazzala AAalaykum fee alkitabi an itha samiAAtum ayati Allahi yukfaru biha wayustahzao biha fala taqAAudoo maAAahum hatta yakhoodoo fee hadeethin ghayrihi innakum ithan mithluhum inna Allaha jamiAAu almunafiqeena waalkafireena fee jahannama jameeAAan

Word-by-word

Ayah 140

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَدْ Waqad And surely
2 نَزَّلَ nazzala He has revealed ن ز ل
3 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum to you
4 فِى fee in
5 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi the Book ك ت ب
6 أَنْ an that
7 إِذَا itha when
8 سَمِعْتُمْ samiAAtum you hear س م ع
9 اٰيَاتِ ayati (the) Verses أ ي ي
10 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
11 يُكْفَرُ yukfaru being rejected ك ف ر
12 بِهَا biha [it]
13 وَيُسْتَهْزَأُ wayustahzao and ridiculed ه ز أ
14 بِهَا biha at [it]
15 فَلَا fala then do not
16 تَقْعُدُواْ taqAAudoo sit ق ع د
17 مَعَهُمْ maAAahum with them
18 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
19 يَخُوضُواْ yakhoodoo they engage خ و ض
20 فِى fee in
21 حَدِيثٍ hadeethin a conversation ح د ث
22 غَيْرِهِۦٓ ghayrihi other than that غ ي ر
23 إِنَّكُمْ innakum Indeed you
24 إِذًا ithan then
25 مِّثْلُهُمْ mithluhum (would be) like them م ث ل
26 إِنَّ inna Indeed
27 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
28 جَامِعُ jamiAAu will gather ج م ع
29 الْمُنَافِقِينَ almunafiqeena the hypocrites ن ف ق
30 وَالْكَافِرِينَ waalkafireena and the disbelievers ك ف ر
31 فِى fee in
32 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama Hell
33 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all together ج م ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 141

ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَرَبَّصُونَ بِكُمْ فَإِن كَانَ لَكُمْ فَتْحٌۭ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ قَالُوٓا۟ أَلَمْ نَكُن مَّعَكُمْ وَإِن كَانَ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ نَصِيبٌۭ قَالُوٓا۟ أَلَمْ نَسْتَحْوِذْ عَلَيْكُمْ وَنَمْنَعْكُم مِّنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ ۚ فَٱللَّهُ يَحْكُمُ بَيْنَكُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ۗ وَلَن يَجْعَلَ ٱللَّهُ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ عَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ سَبِيلًا.(141)

Those who wait [and watch] you. Then if you gain a victory from Allāh, they say, "Were we not with you?" But if the disbelievers have a success, they say [to them], "Did we not gain the advantage over you, but we protected you from the believers?" Allāh will judge between [all of] you on the Day of Resurrection, and never will Allāh give the disbelievers over the believers a way [to overcome them].1 [An-Nisaa: 141]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 141

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who wait [and watch] you. Then if you gain a victory from Allāh, they say, "Were we not with you?" But if the disbelievers have a success, they say [to them], "Did we not gain the advantage over you, but we protected you from the believers?" Allāh will judge between [all of] you on the Day of Resurrection, and never will Allāh give the disbelievers over the believers a way [to overcome them].1

Transliteration

Ayah 141

Allatheena yatarabbasoona bikum fain kana lakum fathun mina Allahi qaloo alam nakun maAAakum wain kana lilkafireena naseebun qaloo alam nastahwith AAalaykum wanamnaAAkum mina almumineena faAllahu yahkumu baynakum yawma alqiyamati walan yajAAala Allahu lilkafireena AAala almumineena sabeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 141

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 يَتَرَبَّصُونَ yatarabbasoona are waiting ر ب ص
3 بِكُمْ bikum for you
4 فَإِن fain Then if
5 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
6 لَكُمْ lakum for you
7 فَتْحٌ fathun a victory ف ت ح
8 مِّنَ mina from
9 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
10 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo they say ق و ل
11 أَلَمْ alam Were not?
12 نَكُن nakun we ك و ن
13 مَّعَكُمْ maAAakum with you
14 وَإِن wain But if
15 كَانَ kana (there) was ك و ن
16 لِلْكَافِرِينَ lilkafireena for the disbelievers ك ف ر
17 نَصِيبٌ naseebun a chance ن ص ب
18 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo they said ق و ل
19 أَلَمْ alam Did not?
20 نَسْتَحْوِذْ nastahwith we have advantage ح و ذ
21 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum over you
22 وَنَمْنَعْكُم wanamnaAAkum and we protected you م ن ع
23 مِّنَ mina from
24 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
25 فَاللهُ faAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
26 يَحْكُمُ yahkumu will judge ح ك م
27 بَيْنَكُمْ baynakum between you ب ي ن
28 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) Day ي و م
29 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) the Resurrection ق و م
30 وَلَن walan and never
31 يَجْعَلَ yajAAala will make ج ع ل
32 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
33 لِلْكَافِرِينَ lilkafireena for the disbelievers ك ف ر
34 عَلَى AAala over
35 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
36 سَبِيلًا sabeelan a way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 142

إِنَّ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ يُخَٰدِعُونَ ٱللَّهَ وَهُوَ خَٰدِعُهُمْ وَإِذَا قَامُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ قَامُوا۟ كُسَالَىٰ يُرَآءُونَ ٱلنَّاسَ وَلَا يَذْكُرُونَ ٱللَّهَ إِلَّا قَلِيلًۭا.(142)

Indeed, the hypocrites [think to] deceive Allāh, but He is deceiving them. And when they stand for prayer, they stand lazily, showing [themselves to] the people and not remembering Allāh except a little, [An-Nisaa: 142]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 142

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, the hypocrites [think to] deceive Allāh, but He is deceiving them. And when they stand for prayer, they stand lazily, showing [themselves to] the people and not remembering Allāh except a little,

Transliteration

Ayah 142

Inna almunafiqeena yukhadiAAoona Allaha wahuwa khadiAAuhum waitha qamoo ila alssalati qamoo kusala yuraoona alnnasa wala yathkuroona Allaha illa qaleelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 142

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الْمُنَافِقِينَ almunafiqeena the hypocrites ن ف ق
3 يُخَادِعُونَ yukhadiAAoona (seek to) deceive خ د ع
4 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
5 وَهُوَ wahuwa and (it is) He
6 خَادِعُهُمْ khadiAAuhum who deceives them خ د ع
7 وَإِذَا waitha And when
8 قَامُوٓاْ qamoo they stand ق و م
9 إِلَى ila for
10 الصَّلَوٰةِ alssalati the prayer ص ل و
11 قَامُواْ qamoo they stand ق و م
12 كُسَالَىٰ kusala lazily ك س ل
13 يُرَآءُونَ yuraoona showing off ر أ ي
14 النَّاسَ alnnasa (to) the people ن و س
15 وَلَا wala and not
16 يَذْكُرُونَ yathkuroona they remember ذ ك ر
17 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
18 إِلَّا illa except
19 قَلِيلًا qaleelan a little ق ل ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 143

مُّذَبْذَبِينَ بَيْنَ ذَٰلِكَ لَآ إِلَىٰ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ وَلَآ إِلَىٰ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ ۚ وَمَن يُضْلِلِ ٱللَّهُ فَلَن تَجِدَ لَهُۥ سَبِيلًۭا.(143)

Wavering between them, [belonging] neither to these [i.e., the believers] nor to those [i.e., the disbelievers]. And whoever Allāh sends astray - never will you find for him a way. [An-Nisaa: 143]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 143

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Wavering between them, [belonging] neither to these [i.e., the believers] nor to those [i.e., the disbelievers]. And whoever Allāh sends astray - never will you find for him a way.

Transliteration

Ayah 143

Muthabthabeena bayna thalika la ila haolai wala ila haolai waman yudlili Allahu falan tajida lahu sabeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 143

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مُّذَبْذَبِينَ Muthabthabeena Wavering ذ ب ذ ب
2 بَيْنَ bayna between ب ي ن
3 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
4 لَآ la not
5 إِلَىٰ ila to
6 هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ haolai these
7 وَلَآ wala and not
8 إِلَىٰ ila to
9 هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ haolai those
10 وَمَن waman And whoever
11 يُضْلِلِ yudlili has been lead astray ض ل ل
12 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
13 فَلَن falan then never
14 تَجِدَ tajida you will find و ج د
15 لَهُۥ lahu for him
16 سَبِيلًا sabeelan a way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 144

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ ۚ أَتُرِيدُونَ أَن تَجْعَلُوا۟ لِلَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ سُلْطَٰنًۭا مُّبِينًا.(144)

O you who have believed, do not take the disbelievers as allies instead of the believers. Do you wish to give Allāh against yourselves a clear case? [An-Nisaa: 144]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 144

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not take the disbelievers as allies instead of the believers. Do you wish to give Allāh against yourselves a clear case?

Transliteration

Ayah 144

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la tattakhithoo alkafireena awliyaa min dooni almumineena atureedoona an tajAAaloo lillahi AAalaykum sultanan mubeenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 144

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not
5 تَتَّخِذُواْ tattakhithoo take أ خ ذ
6 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر
7 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa (as) allies و ل ي
8 مِن min from
9 دُونِ dooni instead of د و ن
10 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
11 أَتُرِيدُونَ atureedoona Do you wish? ر و د
12 أَن an that
13 تَجْعَلُواْ tajAAaloo you make ج ع ل
14 لِلّٰهِ lillahi for Allah أ ل ه
15 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum against you
16 سُلْطَانًا sultanan an evidence س ل ط
17 مُّبِينًا mubeenan clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 145

إِنَّ ٱلْمُنَٰفِقِينَ فِى ٱلدَّرْكِ ٱلْأَسْفَلِ مِنَ ٱلنَّارِ وَلَن تَجِدَ لَهُمْ نَصِيرًا.(145)

Indeed, the hypocrites will be in the lowest depths of the Fire - and never will you find for them a helper - [An-Nisaa: 145]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 145

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, the hypocrites will be in the lowest depths of the Fire - and never will you find for them a helper -

Transliteration

Ayah 145

Inna almunafiqeena fee alddarki alasfali mina alnnari walan tajida lahum naseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 145

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الْمُنَافِقِينَ almunafiqeena the hypocrites ن ف ق
3 فِى fee (will be) in
4 الدَّرْكِ alddarki the depths د ر ك
5 الْأَسْفَلِ alasfali the lowest س ف ل
6 مِنَ mina of
7 النَّارِ alnnari the Fire ن و ر
8 وَلَن walan and never
9 تَجِدَ tajida you will find و ج د
10 لَهُمْ lahum for them
11 نَصِيرًا naseeran any helper ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 146

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ تَابُوا۟ وَأَصْلَحُوا۟ وَٱعْتَصَمُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَأَخْلَصُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ لِلَّهِ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مَعَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ ۖ وَسَوْفَ يُؤْتِ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًۭا.(146)

Except for those who repent, correct themselves, hold fast to Allāh, and are sincere in their religion for Allāh, for those will be with the believers. And Allāh is going to give the believers a great reward. [An-Nisaa: 146]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 146

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Except for those who repent, correct themselves, hold fast to Allāh, and are sincere in their religion for Allāh, for those will be with the believers. And Allāh is going to give the believers a great reward.

Transliteration

Ayah 146

Illa allatheena taboo waaslahoo waiAAtasamoo biAllahi waakhlasoo deenahum lillahi faolaika maAAa almumineena wasawfa yuti Allahu almumineena ajran AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 146

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِلَّا Illa Except
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 تَابُواْ taboo repent ت و ب
4 وَأَصْلَحُواْ waaslahoo and correct (themselves) ص ل ح
5 وَاعْتَصَمُواْ waiAAtasamoo and hold fast ع ص م
6 بِاللهِ biAllahi to Allah أ ل ه
7 وَأَخْلَصُواْ waakhlasoo and are sincere خ ل ص
8 دِينَهُمْ deenahum (in) their religion د ي ن
9 لِلّٰهِ lillahi for Allah أ ل ه
10 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika then those (will be)
11 مَعَ maAAa with
12 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
13 وَسَوْفَ wasawfa And soon
14 يُؤْتِ yuti will be given أ ت ي
15 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
16 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
17 أَجْرًا ajran a reward أ ج ر
18 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 147

مَّا يَفْعَلُ ٱللَّهُ بِعَذَابِكُمْ إِن شَكَرْتُمْ وَءَامَنتُمْ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ شَاكِرًا عَلِيمًۭا.(147)

What would Allāh do with [i.e., gain from] your punishment if you are grateful and believe? And ever is Allāh Appreciative1 and Knowing. [An-Nisaa: 147]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 147

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

What would Allāh do with [i.e., gain from] your punishment if you are grateful and believe? And ever is Allāh Appreciative1 and Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 147

Ma yafAAalu Allahu biAAathabikum in shakartum waamantum wakana Allahu shakiran AAaleeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 147

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَّا Ma What?
2 يَفْعَلُ yafAAalu would do ف ع ل
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 بِعَذَابِكُمْ biAAathabikum by punishing you ع ذ ب
5 إِن in if
6 شَكَرْتُمْ shakartum you are grateful ش ك ر
7 وَآمَنتُمْ waamantum and you believe أ م ن
8 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
9 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
10 شَاكِرًا shakiran All-Appreciative ش ك ر
11 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 148

لَّا يُحِبُّ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْجَهْرَ بِٱلسُّوٓءِ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْلِ إِلَّا مَن ظُلِمَ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ سَمِيعًا عَلِيمًا.(148)

Allāh does not like the public mention of evil except by one who has been wronged. And ever is Allāh Hearing and Knowing. [An-Nisaa: 148]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 148

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh does not like the public mention of evil except by one who has been wronged. And ever is Allāh Hearing and Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 148

La yuhibbu Allahu aljahra bialssooi mina alqawli illa man thulima wakana Allahu sameeAAan AAaleeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 148

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّا La (Does) not
2 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu love ح ب ب
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 الْجَهْرَ aljahra the public mention ج ه ر
5 بِالسُّوٓءِ bialssooi of [the] evil س و أ
6 مِنَ mina [of]
7 الْقَوْلِ alqawli [the] words ق و ل
8 إِلَّا illa except
9 مَن man (by the one) who
10 ظُلِمَ thulima has been wronged ظ ل م
11 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
12 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
13 سَمِيعًا sameeAAan All-Hearing س م ع
14 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 149

إِن تُبْدُوا۟ خَيْرًا أَوْ تُخْفُوهُ أَوْ تَعْفُوا۟ عَن سُوٓءٍۢ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ كَانَ عَفُوًّا قَدِيرًا.(149)

If [instead] you show [some] good or conceal it or pardon an offense - indeed, Allāh is ever Pardoning and Competent.1 [An-Nisaa: 149]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 149

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If [instead] you show [some] good or conceal it or pardon an offense - indeed, Allāh is ever Pardoning and Competent.1

Transliteration

Ayah 149

In tubdoo khayran aw tukhfoohu aw taAAfoo AAan sooin fainna Allaha kana AAafuwwan qadeeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 149

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِن In If
2 تُبْدُواْ tubdoo you disclose ب د و
3 خَيْرًا khayran a good خ ي ر
4 أَوْ aw or
5 تُخْفُوهُ tukhfoohu you conceal it خ ف ي
6 أَوْ aw or
7 تَعْفُواْ taAAfoo pardon ع ف و
8 عَن AAan [of]
9 سُوٓءٍ sooin an evil س و أ
10 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
11 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
12 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
13 عَفُوًّا AAafuwwan Oft-Pardoning ع ف و
14 قَدِيرًا qadeeran All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 150

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَكْفُرُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَرُسُلِهِۦ وَيُرِيدُونَ أَن يُفَرِّقُوا۟ بَيْنَ ٱللَّهِ وَرُسُلِهِۦ وَيَقُولُونَ نُؤْمِنُ بِبَعْضٍۢ وَنَكْفُرُ بِبَعْضٍۢ وَيُرِيدُونَ أَن يَتَّخِذُوا۟ بَيْنَ ذَٰلِكَ سَبِيلًا.(150)

Indeed, those who disbelieve in Allāh and His messengers and wish to discriminate between Allāh and His messengers and say, "We believe in some and disbelieve in others," and wish to adopt a way in between - [An-Nisaa: 150]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 150

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who disbelieve in Allāh and His messengers and wish to discriminate between Allāh and His messengers and say, "We believe in some and disbelieve in others," and wish to adopt a way in between -

Transliteration

Ayah 150

Inna allatheena yakfuroona biAllahi warusulihi wayureedoona an yufarriqoo bayna Allahi warusulihi wayaqooloona numinu bibaAAdin wanakfuru bibaAAdin wayureedoona an yattakhithoo bayna thalika sabeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 150

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 يَكْفُرُونَ yakfuroona disbelieve ك ف ر
4 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
5 وَرُسُلِهِۦ warusulihi and His Messengers ر س ل
6 وَيُرِيدُونَ wayureedoona and they wish ر و د
7 أَن an that
8 يُفَرِّقُواْ yufarriqoo they differentiate ف ر ق
9 بَيْنَ bayna between ب ي ن
10 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
11 وَرُسُلِهِۦ warusulihi and His Messengers ر س ل
12 وَيَقُولُونَ wayaqooloona and they say ق و ل
13 نُؤْمِنُ numinu We believe أ م ن
14 بِبَعْضٍ bibaAAdin in some ب ع ض
15 وَنَكْفُرُ wanakfuru and we disbelieve ك ف ر
16 بِبَعْضٍ bibaAAdin in others ب ع ض
17 وَيُرِيدُونَ wayureedoona And they wish ر و د
18 أَن an that
19 يَتَّخِذُواْ yattakhithoo they take أ خ ذ
20 بَيْنَ bayna between ب ي ن
21 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
22 سَبِيلًا sabeelan a way س ب ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 151

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْكَٰفِرُونَ حَقًّا ۚ وَأَعْتَدْنَا لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ عَذَابًۭا مُّهِينًۭا.(151)

Those are the disbelievers, truly. And We have prepared for the disbelievers a humiliating punishment. [An-Nisaa: 151]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 151

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those are the disbelievers, truly. And We have prepared for the disbelievers a humiliating punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 151

Olaika humu alkafiroona haqqan waaAAtadna lilkafireena AAathaban muheenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 151

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ Olaika Those
2 هُمُ humu they
3 الْكَافِرُونَ alkafiroona (are) the disbelievers ك ف ر
4 حَقًّا haqqan truly ح ق ق
5 وَأَعْتَدْنَا waaAAtadna And We have prepared ع ت د
6 لِلْكَافِرِينَ lilkafireena for the disbelievers ك ف ر
7 عَذَابًا AAathaban a punishment ع ذ ب
8 مُّهِينًا muheenan humiliating ه و ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 152

وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱللَّـهِ وَرُسُلِهِۦ وَلَمْ يُفَرِّقُوا۟ بَيْنَ أَحَدٍ مِّنْهُمْ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ سَوْفَ يُؤْتِيهِمْ أُجُورَهُمْ ۗ وَكَانَ ٱللَّـهُ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا(152)

But they who believe in Allāh and His messengers and do not discriminate between any of them - to those He is going to give their rewards. And ever is Allāh Forgiving and Merciful. [An-Nisaa: 152]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 152

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But they who believe in Allāh and His messengers and do not discriminate between any of them - to those He is going to give their rewards. And ever is Allāh Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 152

Waallatheena amanoo biAllahi warusulihi walam yufarriqoo bayna ahadin minhum olaika sawfa yuteehim ojoorahum wakana Allahu ghafooran raheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 152

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who
2 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
3 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
4 وَرُسُلِهِۦ warusulihi and His Messengers ر س ل
5 وَلَمْ walam and not
6 يُفَرِّقُواْ yufarriqoo they differentiate ف ر ق
7 بَيْنَ bayna between ب ي ن
8 أَحَدٍ ahadin (any) one أ ح د
9 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them
10 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika those
11 سَوْفَ sawfa soon
12 يُؤْتِيهِمْ yuteehim He will give them أ ت ي
13 أُجُورَهُمْ ojoorahum their reward أ ج ر
14 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
15 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
16 غَفُورًا ghafooran Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
17 رَّحِيمًا raheeman Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 153

يَسْـَٔلُكَ أَهْلُ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ أَن تُنَزِّلَ عَلَيْهِمْ كِتَٰبًۭا مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ ۚ فَقَدْ سَأَلُوا۟ مُوسَىٰٓ أَكْبَرَ مِن ذَٰلِكَ فَقَالُوٓا۟ أَرِنَا ٱللَّهَ جَهْرَةًۭ فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلصَّٰعِقَةُ بِظُلْمِهِمْ ۚ ثُمَّ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ ٱلْعِجْلَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَتْهُمُ ٱلْبَيِّنَٰتُ فَعَفَوْنَا عَن ذَٰلِكَ ۚ وَءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَىٰ سُلْطَٰنًۭا مُّبِينًۭا.(153)

The People of the Scripture ask you to bring down to them a book from the heaven. But they had asked of Moses [even] greater than that and said, "Show us Allāh outright," so the thunderbolt struck them for their wrongdoing. Then they took the calf [for worship] after clear evidences had come to them, and We pardoned that. And We gave Moses a clear authority. [An-Nisaa: 153]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 153

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The People of the Scripture ask you to bring down to them a book from the heaven. But they had asked of Moses [even] greater than that and said, "Show us Allāh outright," so the thunderbolt struck them for their wrongdoing. Then they took the calf [for worship] after clear evidences had come to them, and We pardoned that. And We gave Moses a clear authority.

Transliteration

Ayah 153

Yasaluka ahlu alkitabi an tunazzila AAalayhim kitaban mina alssamai faqad saaloo moosa akbara min thalika faqaloo arina Allaha jahratan faakhathathumu alssaAAiqatu bithulmihim thumma ittakhathoo alAAijla min baAAdi ma jaathumu albayyinatu faAAafawna AAan thalika waatayna moosa sultanan mubeenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 153

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَسْـَٔلُكَ Yasaluka Ask you س أ ل
2 أَهْلُ ahlu (the) People أ ه ل
3 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
4 أَن an that
5 تُنَزِّلَ tunazzila you bring down ن ز ل
6 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them
7 كِتَابًا kitaban a book ك ت ب
8 مِّنَ mina from
9 السَّمَآءِ alssamai the heaven س م و
10 فَقَدْ faqad Then indeed
11 سَأَلُواْ saaloo they (had) asked س أ ل
12 مُوسَىٰٓ moosa Musa
13 أَكْبَرَ akbara greater ك ب ر
14 مِن min than
15 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
16 فَقَالُوٓا faqaloo for they said ق و ل
17 أَرِنَا arina Show us ر أ ي
18 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
19 جَهْرَةً jahratan manifestly ج ه ر
20 فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ faakhathathumu so struck them أ خ ذ
21 الصَّاعِقَةُ alssaAAiqatu the thunderbolt ص ع ق
22 بِظُلْمِهِمْ bithulmihim for their wrongdoing ظ ل م
23 ثُمَّ thumma Then
24 اتَّخَذُواْ ittakhathoo they took أ خ ذ
25 الْعِجْلَ alAAijla the calf (for worship) ع ج ل
26 مِن min from
27 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
28 مَا ma [what]
29 جَآءَتْهُمُ jaathumu came to them ج ي أ
30 الْبَيِّنَاتُ albayyinatu the clear proofs ب ي ن
31 فَعَفَوْنَا faAAafawna then We forgave them ع ف و
32 عَن AAan for
33 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
34 وَآتَيْنَا waatayna And We gave أ ت ي
35 مُوسَىٰ moosa Musa
36 سُلْطَانًا sultanan an authority س ل ط
37 مُّبِينًا mubeenan clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 154

وَرَفَعْنَا فَوْقَهُمُ ٱلطُّورَ بِمِيثَٰقِهِمْ وَقُلْنَا لَهُمُ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْبَابَ سُجَّدًۭا وَقُلْنَا لَهُمْ لَا تَعْدُوا۟ فِى ٱلسَّبْتِ وَأَخَذْنَا مِنْهُم مِّيثَٰقًا غَلِيظًۭا.(154)

And We raised over them the mount for [refusal of] their covenant; and We said to them, "Enter the gate bowing humbly"; and We said to them, "Do not transgress on the sabbath"; and We took from them a solemn covenant. [An-Nisaa: 154]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 154

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We raised over them the mount for [refusal of] their covenant; and We said to them, "Enter the gate bowing humbly"; and We said to them, "Do not transgress on the sabbath"; and We took from them a solemn covenant.

Transliteration

Ayah 154

WarafaAAna fawqahumu alttoora bimeethaqihim waqulna lahumu odkhuloo albaba sujjadan waqulna lahum la taAAdoo fee alssabti waakhathna minhum meethaqan ghaleethan

Word-by-word

Ayah 154

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَرَفَعْنَا WarafaAAna And We raised ر ف ع
2 فَوْقَهُمُ fawqahumu over them ف و ق
3 الطُّورَ alttoora the mount ط و ر
4 بِمِيثَاقِهِمْ bimeethaqihim for their covenant و ث ق
5 وَقُلْنَا waqulna and We said ق و ل
6 لَهُمُ lahumu to them
7 ادْخُلُواْ odkhuloo Enter د خ ل
8 الْبَابَ albaba the gate ب و ب
9 سُجَّدًا sujjadan prostrating س ج د
10 وَقُلْنَا waqulna And We said ق و ل
11 لَهُمْ lahum to them
12 لَا la (Do) not
13 تَعْدُواْ taAAdoo transgress ع د و
14 فِى fee in
15 السَّبْتِ alssabti the Sabbath س ب ت
16 وَأَخَذْنَا waakhathna And We took أ خ ذ
17 مِنْهُم minhum from them
18 مِّيثَاقًا meethaqan a covenant و ث ق
19 غَلِيظًا ghaleethan solemn غ ل ظ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 155

فَبِمَا نَقْضِهِم مِّيثَاقَهُمْ وَكُفْرِهِم بِآيَـٰتِ اللَّـهِ وَقَتْلِهِمُ الْأَنبِيَاءَ بِغَيْرِ حَقٍّ وَقَوْلِهِمْ قُلُوبُنَا غُلْفٌ ۚ بَلْ طَبَعَ اللَّـهُ عَلَيْهَا بِكُفْرِهِمْ فَلَا يُؤْمِنُونَ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا(155)

And [We cursed them]1 for their breaking of the covenant and their disbelief in the signs of Allāh and their killing of the prophets without right and their saying, "Our hearts are wrapped" [i.e., sealed against reception]. Rather, Allāh has sealed them because of their disbelief, so they believe not, except for a few.2 [An-Nisaa: 155]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 155

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [We cursed them]1 for their breaking of the covenant and their disbelief in the signs of Allāh and their killing of the prophets without right and their saying, "Our hearts are wrapped" [i.e., sealed against reception]. Rather, Allāh has sealed them because of their disbelief, so they believe not, except for a few.2

Transliteration

Ayah 155

Fabima naqdihim meethaqahum wakufrihim biayati Allahi waqatlihimu alanbiyaa bighayri haqqin waqawlihim quloobuna ghulfun bal tabaAAa Allahu AAalayha bikufrihim fala yuminoona illa qaleelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 155

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَبِمَا Fabima Then because of
2 نَقْضِهِم naqdihim their breaking ن ق ض
3 مِّيثَاقَهُمْ meethaqahum (of) their covenant و ث ق
4 وَكُفْرِهِم wakufrihim and their disbelief ك ف ر
5 بَاٰيَاتِ biayati in (the) Signs أ ي ي
6 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
7 وَقَتْلِهِمُ waqatlihimu and their killing ق ت ل
8 الْأَنۢبِيَآءَ alanbiyaa (of) the Prophets ن ب أ
9 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
10 حَقًّ haqqin any right ح ق ق
11 وَقَوْلِهِمْ waqawlihim and their saying ق و ل
12 قُلُوبُنَا quloobuna Our hearts ق ل ب
13 غُلْفٌ ghulfun (are) wrapped غ ل ف
14 بَلْ bal Nay
15 طَبَعَ tabaAAa (has) set a seal ط ب ع
16 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
17 عَلَيْهَا AAalayha on their (hearts)
18 بِكُفْرِهِمْ bikufrihim for their disbelief ك ف ر
19 فَلَا fala so not
20 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona they believe أ م ن
21 إِلَّا illa except
22 قَلِيلًا qaleelan a few ق ل ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 156

وَبِكُفْرِهِمْ وَقَوْلِهِمْ عَلَىٰ مَرْيَمَ بُهْتَٰنًا عَظِيمًۭا.(156)

And [We cursed them] for their disbelief and their saying against Mary a great slander1 [An-Nisaa: 156]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 156

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [We cursed them] for their disbelief and their saying against Mary a great slander1

Transliteration

Ayah 156

Wabikufrihim waqawlihim AAala maryama buhtanan AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 156

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَبِكُفْرِهِمْ Wabikufrihim And for their disbelief ك ف ر
2 وَقَوْلِهِمْ waqawlihim and their saying ق و ل
3 عَلَىٰ AAala against
4 مَرْيَمَ maryama Maryam
5 بُهْتَانًا buhtanan a slander ب ه ت
6 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 157

وَقَوْلِهِمْ إِنَّا قَتَلْنَا الْمَسِيحَ عِيسَى ابْنَ مَرْيَمَ رَسُولَ اللَّـهِ وَمَا قَتَلُوهُ وَمَا صَلَبُوهُ وَلَـٰكِن شُبِّهَ لَهُمْ ۚ وَإِنَّ الَّذِينَ اخْتَلَفُوا فِيهِ لَفِي شَكٍّ مِّنْهُ ۚ مَا لَهُم بِهِ مِنْ عِلْمٍ إِلَّا اتِّبَاعَ الظَّنِّ ۚ وَمَا قَتَلُوهُ يَقِينًا(157)

And [for] their saying, "Indeed, we have killed the Messiah, Jesus the son of Mary, the messenger of Allāh." And they did not kill him, nor did they crucify him; but [another] was made to resemble him to them. And indeed, those who differ over it are in doubt about it. They have no knowledge of it except the following of assumption. And they did not kill him, for certain.1 [An-Nisaa: 157]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 157

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [for] their saying, "Indeed, we have killed the Messiah, Jesus the son of Mary, the messenger of Allāh." And they did not kill him, nor did they crucify him; but [another] was made to resemble him to them. And indeed, those who differ over it are in doubt about it. They have no knowledge of it except the following of assumption. And they did not kill him, for certain.1

Transliteration

Ayah 157

Waqawlihim inna qatalna almaseeha AAeesa ibna maryama rasoola Allahi wama qataloohu wama salaboohu walakin shubbiha lahum wainna allatheena ikhtalafoo feehi lafee shakkin minhu ma lahum bihi min AAilmin illa ittibaAAa alththanni wama qataloohu yaqeenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 157

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَوْلِهِمْ Waqawlihim And for their saying ق و ل
2 إِنَّا inna Indeed we
3 قَتَلْنَا qatalna killed ق ت ل
4 الْمَسِيحَ almaseeha the Messiah
5 عِيسَى AAeesa Isa
6 ابْنَ ibna son ب ن ي
7 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam
8 رَسُولَ rasoola (the) Messenger ر س ل
9 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
10 وَمَا wama And not
11 قَتَلُوهُ qataloohu they killed him ق ت ل
12 وَمَا wama and not
13 صَلَبُوهُ salaboohu they crucified him ص ل ب
14 وَلَٰكِن walakin but
15 شُبِّهَ shubbiha it was made to appear (so) ش ب ه
16 لَهُمْ lahum to them
17 وَإِنَّ wainna And indeed
18 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
19 اخْتَلَفُواْ ikhtalafoo differ خ ل ف
20 فِيهِ feehi in it
21 لَفِى lafee (are) surely in
22 شَكٍّ shakkin doubt ش ك ك
23 مِّنْهُ minhu about it
24 مَا ma Not
25 لَهُم lahum for them
26 بِهِۦ bihi about it
27 مِنْ min [of]
28 عِلْمٍ AAilmin (any) knowledge ع ل م
29 إِلَّا illa except
30 اتِّبَاعَ ittibaAAa (the) following ت ب ع
31 الظَّنِّ alththanni (of) assumption ظ ن ن
32 وَمَا wama And not
33 قَتَلُوهُ qataloohu they killed him ق ت ل
34 يَقِينًا yaqeenan certainly ي ق ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 158

بَل رَّفَعَهُ ٱللَّهُ إِلَيْهِ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَزِيزًا حَكِيمًۭا.(158)

Rather, Allāh raised him to Himself. And ever is Allāh Exalted in Might and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 158]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 158

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Rather, Allāh raised him to Himself. And ever is Allāh Exalted in Might and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 158

Bal rafaAAahu Allahu ilayhi wakana Allahu AAazeezan hakeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 158

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 بَل Bal Nay
2 رَّفَعَهُ rafaAAahu he was raised ر ف ع
3 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
4 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi towards Him
5 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
6 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
7 عَزِيزًا AAazeezan All-Mighty ع ز ز
8 حَكِيمًا hakeeman All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 159

وَإِن مِّنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ إِلَّا لَيُؤْمِنَنَّ بِهِۦ قَبْلَ مَوْتِهِۦ ۖ وَيَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ يَكُونُ عَلَيْهِمْ شَهِيدًۭا.(159)

And there is none from the People of the Scripture but that he will surely believe in him [i.e., Jesus] before his death.1 And on the Day of Resurrection he will be against them a witness. [An-Nisaa: 159]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 159

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And there is none from the People of the Scripture but that he will surely believe in him [i.e., Jesus] before his death.1 And on the Day of Resurrection he will be against them a witness.

Transliteration

Ayah 159

Wain min ahli alkitabi illa layuminanna bihi qabla mawtihi wayawma alqiyamati yakoonu AAalayhim shaheedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 159

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِن Wain And (there is) not
2 مِّنْ min from
3 أَهْلِ ahli (the) People أ ه ل
4 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
5 إِلَّا illa but
6 لَيُؤْمِنَنَّ layuminanna surely he believes أ م ن
7 بِهِۦ bihi in him
8 قَبْلَ qabla before ق ب ل
9 مَوْتِهِۦ mawtihi his death م و ت
10 وَيَوْمَ wayawma And (on the) Day ي و م
11 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) the Resurrection ق و م
12 يَكُونُ yakoonu he will be ك و ن
13 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim against them
14 شَهِيدًا shaheedan a witness ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 160

فَبِظُلْمٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ حَرَّمْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ طَيِّبَٰتٍ أُحِلَّتْ لَهُمْ وَبِصَدِّهِمْ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ كَثِيرًۭا.(160)

For wrongdoing on the part of the Jews, We made unlawful for them [certain] good foods which had been lawful to them, and for their averting from the way of Allāh many [people], [An-Nisaa: 160]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 160

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

For wrongdoing on the part of the Jews, We made unlawful for them [certain] good foods which had been lawful to them, and for their averting from the way of Allāh many [people],

Transliteration

Ayah 160

Fabithulmin mina allatheena hadoo harramna AAalayhim tayyibatin ohillat lahum wabisaddihim AAan sabeeli Allahi katheeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 160

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَبِظُلْمٍ Fabithulmin Then for (the) wrongdoing ظ ل م
2 مِّنَ mina of
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 هَادُواْ hadoo were Jews ه و د
5 حَرَّمْنَا harramna We made unlawful ح ر م
6 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim for them
7 طَيِّبَاتٍ tayyibatin good things ط ي ب
8 أُحِلَّتْ ohillat which had been lawful ح ل ل
9 لَهُمْ lahum for them
10 وَبِصَدِّهِمْ wabisaddihim and for their hindering ص د د
11 عَن AAan from
12 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
13 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
14 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 161

وَأَخْذِهِمُ ٱلرِّبَوٰا۟ وَقَدْ نُهُوا۟ عَنْهُ وَأَكْلِهِمْ أَمْوَٰلَ ٱلنَّاسِ بِٱلْبَٰطِلِ ۚ وَأَعْتَدْنَا لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ مِنْهُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًۭا.(161)

And [for] their taking of usury while they had been forbidden from it, and their consuming of the people's wealth unjustly. And We have prepared for the disbelievers among them a painful punishment. [An-Nisaa: 161]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 161

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [for] their taking of usury while they had been forbidden from it, and their consuming of the people's wealth unjustly. And We have prepared for the disbelievers among them a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 161

Waakhthihimu alrriba waqad nuhoo AAanhu waaklihim amwala alnnasi bialbatili waaAAtadna lilkafireena minhum AAathaban aleeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 161

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَخْذِهِمُ Waakhthihimu And for their taking أ خ ذ
2 الرِّبَوٰا alrriba (of) [the] usury ر ب و
3 وَقَدْ waqad while certainly
4 نُهُواْ nuhoo they were forbidden ن ه ي
5 عَنْهُ AAanhu from it
6 وَأَكْلِهِمْ waaklihim and (for) their consuming أ ك ل
7 أَمْوَالَ amwala wealth م و ل
8 النَّاسِ alnnasi (of) the people ن و س
9 بِالْبَاطِلِ bialbatili wrongfully ب ط ل
10 وَأَعْتَدْنَا waaAAtadna And We have prepared ع ت د
11 لِلْكَافِرِينَ lilkafireena for the disbelievers ك ف ر
12 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them
13 عَذَابًا AAathaban a punishment ع ذ ب
14 أَلِيمًا aleeman painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 162

لَّـٰكِنِ ٱلرَّٰسِخُونَ فِى ٱلْعِلْمِ مِنْهُمْ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ مِن قَبْلِكَ ۚ وَٱلْمُقِيمِينَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ ۚوَٱلْمُؤْتُونَ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّـهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ سَنُؤْتِيهِمْ أَجْرًا عَظِيمًا(162)

But those firm in knowledge among them and the believers believe in what has been revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], and what was revealed before you. And the establishers of prayer [especially] and the givers of zakāh and the believers in Allāh and the Last Day - those We will give a great reward. [An-Nisaa: 162]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 162

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those firm in knowledge among them and the believers believe in what has been revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], and what was revealed before you. And the establishers of prayer [especially] and the givers of zakāh and the believers in Allāh and the Last Day - those We will give a great reward.

Transliteration

Ayah 162

Lakini alrrasikhoona fee alAAilmi minhum waalmuminoona yuminoona bima onzila ilayka wama onzila min qablika waalmuqeemeena alssalata waalmutoona alzzakata waalmuminoona biAllahi waalyawmi alakhiri olaika sanuteehim ajran AAatheeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 162

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّٰكِنِ Lakini But
2 الرَّاسِخُونَ alrrasikhoona the ones who are firm ر س خ
3 فِى fee in
4 الْعِلْمِ alAAilmi the knowledge ع ل م
5 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them
6 وَالْمُؤْمِنُونَ waalmuminoona and the believers أ م ن
7 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن
8 بِمَآ bima in what
9 أُنزِلَ onzila (is) revealed ن ز ل
10 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
11 وَمَآ wama and what
12 أُنزِلَ onzila was revealed ن ز ل
13 مِن min from
14 قَبْلِكَ qablika before you ق ب ل
15 وَالْمُقِيمِينَ waalmuqeemeena And the ones who establish ق و م
16 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
17 وَالْمُؤْتُونَ waalmutoona and the ones who give أ ت ي
18 الزَّكَوٰةَ alzzakata the zakah ز ك و
19 وَالْمُؤْمِنُونَ waalmuminoona and the ones who believe أ م ن
20 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
21 وَالْيَوْمِ waalyawmi and the Day ي و م
22 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
23 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika those
24 سَنُؤْتِيهِمْ sanuteehim We will give them أ ت ي
25 أَجْرًا ajran a reward أ ج ر
26 عَظِيمًا AAatheeman great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 163

إِنَّا أَوْحَيْنَا إِلَيْكَ كَمَا أَوْحَيْنَا إِلَىٰ نُوحٍ وَالنَّبِيِّيْنَ مِن بَعْدِهِ ۚ وَأَوْحَيْنَا إِلَىٰ إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَإِسْمَاعِيلَ وَإِسْحَاقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ وَالْأَسْبَاطِ وَعِيسَىٰ وَأَيُّوبَ وَيُونُسَ وَهَارُونَ وَسُلَيْمَانَ ۚ وَآتَيْنَا دَاوُودَ زَبُورًا.(163)

Indeed, We have revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], as We revealed to Noah and the prophets after him. And We revealed to Abraham, Ishmael, Isaac, Jacob, the Descendants,1 Jesus, Job, Jonah, Aaron, and Solomon, and to David We gave the book [of Psalms]. [An-Nisaa: 163]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 163

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, We have revealed to you, [O Muḥammad], as We revealed to Noah and the prophets after him. And We revealed to Abraham, Ishmael, Isaac, Jacob, the Descendants,1 Jesus, Job, Jonah, Aaron, and Solomon, and to David We gave the book [of Psalms].

Transliteration

Ayah 163

Inna awhayna ilayka kama awhayna ila noohin waalnnabiyyeena min baAAdihi waawhayna ila ibraheema waismaAAeela waishaqa wayaAAqooba waalasbati waAAeesa waayyooba wayoonusa waharoona wasulaymana waatayna dawooda zabooran

Word-by-word

Ayah 163

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّآ Inna Indeed We
2 أَوْحَيْنَآ awhayna have revealed و ح ي
3 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
4 كَمَآ kama as
5 أَوْحَيْنَآ awhayna We revealed و ح ي
6 إِلَىٰ ila to
7 نُوحٍ noohin Nuh
8 وَالنَّبِيِّينَ waalnnabiyyeena and the Prophets ن ب أ
9 مِن min from
10 بَعْدِهِۦ baAAdihi after him ب ع د
11 وَأَوْحَيْنَآ waawhayna and We revealed و ح ي
12 إِلَىٰٓ ila to
13 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema Ibrahim
14 وَإِسْمَاعِيلَ waismaAAeela and Ismael
15 وَإْسْحَٰقَ waishaqa and Isaac
16 وَيَعْقُوبَ wayaAAqooba and Yaqub
17 وَالْأَسْبَاطِ waalasbati and the tribes س ب ط
18 وَعِيسَىٰ waAAeesa and Isa
19 وَأَيُّوبَ waayyooba and Ayyub
20 وَيُونُسَ wayoonusa and Yunus
21 وَهَارُونَ waharoona and Harun
22 وَسُلَيْمَانَ wasulaymana and Sulaiman
23 وَآتَيْنَا waatayna and We gave أ ت ي
24 دَاوُۥدَ dawooda (to) Dawood
25 زَبُورًا zabooran the Zaboor ز ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 164

وَرُسُلًۭا قَدْ قَصَصْنَٰهُمْ عَلَيْكَ مِن قَبْلُ وَرُسُلًۭا لَّمْ نَقْصُصْهُمْ عَلَيْكَ ۚ وَكَلَّمَ ٱللَّهُ مُوسَىٰ تَكْلِيمًۭا.(164)

And [We sent] messengers about whom We have related [their stories] to you before and messengers about whom We have not related to you. And Allāh spoke to Moses with [direct] speech. [An-Nisaa: 164]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 164

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [We sent] messengers about whom We have related [their stories] to you before and messengers about whom We have not related to you. And Allāh spoke to Moses with [direct] speech.

Transliteration

Ayah 164

Warusulan qad qasasnahum AAalayka min qablu warusulan lam naqsushum AAalayka wakallama Allahu moosa takleeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 164

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَرُسُلًا Warusulan And Messengers ر س ل
2 قَدْ qad surely
3 قَصَصْنَاهُمْ qasasnahum We (have) mentioned them ق ص ص
4 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka to you
5 مِن min from
6 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
7 وَرُسُلًا warusulan and Messengers ر س ل
8 لَّمْ lam not
9 نَقْصُصْهُمْ naqsushum We (have) mentioned them ق ص ص
10 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka to you
11 وَكَلَّمَ wakallama And spoke ك ل م
12 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
13 مُوسَىٰ moosa (to) Musa
14 تَكْلِيمًا takleeman (in a) conversation ك ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 165

رُّسُلًۭا مُّبَشِّرِينَ وَمُنذِرِينَ لِئَلَّا يَكُونَ لِلنَّاسِ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ حُجَّةٌۢ بَعْدَ ٱلرُّسُلِ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَزِيزًا حَكِيمًۭا.(165)

[We sent] messengers as bringers of good tidings and warners so that mankind will have no argument against Allāh after the messengers. And ever is Allāh Exalted in Might and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 165]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 165

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[We sent] messengers as bringers of good tidings and warners so that mankind will have no argument against Allāh after the messengers. And ever is Allāh Exalted in Might and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 165

Rusulan mubashshireena wamunthireena lialla yakoona lilnnasi AAala Allahi hujjatun baAAda alrrusuli wakana Allahu AAazeezan hakeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 165

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 رُّسُلًا Rusulan Messengers ر س ل
2 مُّبَشِّرِينَ mubashshireena bearers of glad tidings ب ش ر
3 وَمُنذِرِينَ wamunthireena and warners ن ذ ر
4 لِئَلَّا lialla so that not
5 يَكُونَ yakoona there is ك و ن
6 لِلنَّاسِ lilnnasi for mankind ن و س
7 عَلَى AAala against
8 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
9 حُجَّةٌ hujjatun any argument ح ج ج
10 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
11 الرُّسُلِ alrrusuli the Messengers ر س ل
12 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
13 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
14 عَزِيزًا AAazeezan All-Mighty ع ز ز
15 حَكِيمًا hakeeman All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 166

لَّٰكِنِ ٱللَّهُ يَشْهَدُ بِمَآ أَنزَلَ إِلَيْكَ ۖ أَنزَلَهُۥ بِعِلْمِهِۦ ۖ وَٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ يَشْهَدُونَ ۚ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ شَهِيدًا.(166)

But Allāh bears witness to that which He has revealed to you. He has sent it down with His knowledge, and the angels bear witness [as well]. And sufficient is Allāh as Witness. [An-Nisaa: 166]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 166

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But Allāh bears witness to that which He has revealed to you. He has sent it down with His knowledge, and the angels bear witness [as well]. And sufficient is Allāh as Witness.

Transliteration

Ayah 166

Lakini Allahu yashhadu bima anzala ilayka anzalahu biAAilmihi waalmalaikatu yashhadoona wakafa biAllahi shaheedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 166

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّٰكِنِ Lakini But
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 يَشْهَدُ yashhadu bears witness ش ه د
4 بِمَآ bima to what
5 أَنزَلَ anzala He (has) revealed ن ز ل
6 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
7 أَنزَلَهُۥ anzalahu He has sent it down ن ز ل
8 بِعِلْمِهِۦ biAAilmihi with His Knowledge ع ل م
9 وَالْمَلَآئِكَةُ waalmalaikatu and the Angels م ل ك
10 يَشْهَدُونَ yashhadoona bear witness ش ه د
11 وَكَفَىٰ wakafa And is sufficient ك ف ي
12 بِاللهِ biAllahi Allah أ ل ه
13 شَهِيدًا shaheedan (as) a Witness ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 167

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَصَدُّوا۟ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ قَدْ ضَلُّوا۟ ضَلَٰلًۢا بَعِيدًا.(167)

Indeed, those who disbelieve and avert [people] from the way of Allāh have certainly gone far astray. [An-Nisaa: 167]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 167

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who disbelieve and avert [people] from the way of Allāh have certainly gone far astray.

Transliteration

Ayah 167

Inna allatheena kafaroo wasaddoo AAan sabeeli Allahi qad dalloo dalalan baAAeedan

Word-by-word

Ayah 167

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve ك ف ر
4 وَصَدُّواْ wasaddoo and hinder ص د د
5 عَن AAan from
6 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 قَدْ qad surely
9 ضَلُّواْ dalloo they have strayed ض ل ل
10 ضَلَالًا dalalan straying ض ل ل
11 بَعِيدًا baAAeedan far away ب ع د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 168

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَظَلَمُوا۟ لَمْ يَكُنِ ٱللَّهُ لِيَغْفِرَ لَهُمْ وَلَا لِيَهْدِيَهُمْ طَرِيقًا.(168)

Indeed, those who disbelieve and commit wrong [or injustice] - never will Allāh forgive them, nor will He guide them to a path, [An-Nisaa: 168]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 168

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who disbelieve and commit wrong [or injustice] - never will Allāh forgive them, nor will He guide them to a path,

Transliteration

Ayah 168

Inna allatheena kafaroo wathalamoo lam yakuni Allahu liyaghfira lahum wala liyahdiyahum tareeqan

Word-by-word

Ayah 168

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
4 وَظَلَمُواْ wathalamoo and did wrong ظ ل م
5 لَمْ lam not
6 يَكُنِ yakuni will ك و ن
7 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
8 لِيَغْفِرَ liyaghfira [to] forgive غ ف ر
9 لَهُمْ lahum them
10 وَلَا wala and not
11 لِيَهْدِيَهُمْ liyahdiyahum He will guide them ه د ي
12 طَرِيقاً tareeqan (to) a way ط ر ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 169

إِلَّا طَرِيقَ جَهَنَّمَ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًۭا ۚ وَكَانَ ذَٰلِكَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ يَسِيرًۭا.(169)

Except the path of Hell; they will abide therein forever. And that, for Allāh, is [always] easy. [An-Nisaa: 169]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 169

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Except the path of Hell; they will abide therein forever. And that, for Allāh, is [always] easy.

Transliteration

Ayah 169

Illa tareeqa jahannama khalideena feeha abadan wakana thalika AAala Allahi yaseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 169

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِلَّا Illa Except
2 طَرِيقَ tareeqa (the) way ط ر ق
3 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama (to) Hell
4 خَالِدِينَ khalideena abiding خ ل د
5 فِيهَآ feeha in it
6 أَبَدًا abadan forever أ ب د
7 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
8 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
9 عَلَى AAala for
10 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
11 يَسِيرًا yaseeran easy ي س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 170

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ قَدْ جَآءَكُمُ ٱلرَّسُولُ بِٱلْحَقِّ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ فَـَٔامِنُوا۟ خَيْرًۭا لَّكُمْ ۚ وَإِن تَكْفُرُوا۟ فَإِنَّ لِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَكَانَ ٱللَّهُ عَلِيمًا حَكِيمًۭا.(170)

O mankind, the Messenger has come to you with the truth from your Lord, so believe; it is better for you. But if you disbelieve - then indeed, to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and earth. And ever is Allāh Knowing and Wise. [An-Nisaa: 170]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 170

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O mankind, the Messenger has come to you with the truth from your Lord, so believe; it is better for you. But if you disbelieve - then indeed, to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and earth. And ever is Allāh Knowing and Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 170

Ya ayyuha alnnasu qad jaakumu alrrasoolu bialhaqqi min rabbikum faaminoo khayran lakum wain takfuroo fainna lillahi ma fee alssamawati waalardi wakana Allahu AAaleeman hakeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 170

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O
2 النَّاسُ alnnasu mankind! ن و س
3 قَدْ qad Surely
4 جَآءَكُمُ jaakumu has come to you ج ي أ
5 الرَّسُولُ alrrasoolu the Messenger ر س ل
6 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi with the truth
7 مِن min from
8 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
9 فَـَٔامِنُواْ faaminoo so believe أ م ن
10 خَيْرًا khayran (it is) better خ ي ر
11 لَّكُمْ lakum for you
12 وَإِن wain But if
13 تَكْفُرُواْ takfuroo you disbelieve ك ف ر
14 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
15 لِلّٰهِ lillahi to Allah (belongs) أ ل ه
16 مَا ma whatever
17 فِى fee (is) in
18 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
19 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
20 وَكَانَ wakana And is, was, will be ك و ن
21 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
22 عَلِيمًا AAaleeman All-Knowing ع ل م
23 حَكِيمًا hakeeman All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 171

يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَا تَغْلُوا۟ فِى دِينِكُمْ وَلَا تَقُولُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا ٱلْحَقَّ ۚ إِنَّمَا ٱلْمَسِيحُ عِيسَى ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ رَسُولُ ٱللَّهِ وَكَلِمَتُهُۥٓ أَلْقَىٰهَآ إِلَىٰ مَرْيَمَ وَرُوحٌۭ مِّنْهُ ۖ فَـَٔامِنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرُسُلِهِۦ ۖ وَلَا تَقُولُوا۟ ثَلَٰثَةٌ ۚ ٱنتَهُوا۟ خَيْرًۭا لَّكُمْ ۚ إِنَّمَا ٱللَّهُ إِلَٰهٌۭ وَٰحِدٌۭ ۖ سُبْحَٰنَهُۥٓ أَن يَكُونَ لَهُۥ وَلَدٌۭ ۘ لَّهُۥ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ وَكَفَىٰ بِٱللَّهِ وَكِيلًۭا.(171)

O People of the Scripture, do not commit excess in your religion1 or say about Allāh except the truth. The Messiah, Jesus the son of Mary, was but a messenger of Allāh and His word which He directed to Mary and a soul [created at a command] from Him. So believe in Allāh and His messengers. And do not say, "Three"; desist - it is better for you. Indeed, Allāh is but one God. Exalted is He above having a son. To Him belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And sufficient is Allāh as Disposer of affairs. [An-Nisaa: 171]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 171

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O People of the Scripture, do not commit excess in your religion1 or say about Allāh except the truth. The Messiah, Jesus the son of Mary, was but a messenger of Allāh and His word which He directed to Mary and a soul [created at a command] from Him. So believe in Allāh and His messengers. And do not say, "Three"; desist - it is better for you. Indeed, Allāh is but one God. Exalted is He above having a son. To Him belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And sufficient is Allāh as Disposer of affairs.

Transliteration

Ayah 171

Ya ahla alkitabi la taghloo fee deenikum wala taqooloo AAala Allahi illa alhaqqa innama almaseehu AAeesa ibnu maryama rasoolu Allahi wakalimatuhu alqaha ila maryama waroohun minhu faaminoo biAllahi warusulihi wala taqooloo thalathatun intahoo khayran lakum innama Allahu ilahun wahidun subhanahu an yakoona lahu waladun lahu ma fee alssamawati wama fee alardi wakafa biAllahi wakeelan

Word-by-word

Ayah 171

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَهْلَ Yaahla O People أ ه ل
2 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
3 لَا la (Do) not
4 تَغْلُواْ taghloo commit excess غ ل و
5 فِى fee in
6 دِينِكُمْ deenikum your religion د ي ن
7 وَلَا wala and (do) not
8 تَقُولُواْ taqooloo say ق و ل
9 عَلَى AAala about
10 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
11 إِلَّا illa except
12 الْحَقَّ alhaqqa the truth ح ق ق
13 إِنَّمَا innama Only
14 الْمَسِيحُ almaseehu the Messiah
15 عِيسَى AAeesa Isa
16 ابْنُ ibnu son ب ن ي
17 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam
18 رَسُولُ rasoolu (was) a Messenger ر س ل
19 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
20 وَكَلِمَتُهُۥٓ wakalimatuhu and His word ك ل م
21 أَلْقَاهَآ alqaha which He conveyed ل ق ي
22 إِلَىٰ ila to
23 مَرْيَمَ maryama Maryam
24 وَرُوحٌ waroohun and a spirit ر و ح
25 مِّنْهُ minhu from Him
26 فَـَٔامِنُواْ faaminoo So believe أ م ن
27 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
28 وَرُسُلِهِۦ warusulihi and His Messengers ر س ل
29 وَلَا wala And (do) not
30 تَقُولُواْ taqooloo say ق و ل
31 ثَلَاثَةٌ thalathatun Three ث ل ث
32 انتَهُواْ intahoo desist ن ه ي
33 خَيْرًا khayran (it is) better خ ي ر
34 لَّكُمْ lakum for you
35 إِنَّمَا innama Only
36 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
37 إِلَٰهٌ ilahun (is) God أ ل ه
38 وَاحِدٌ wahidun One و ح د
39 سُبْحَٰنَهُۥٓ subhanahu Glory be to Him! س ب ح
40 أَن an That
41 يَكُونَ yakoona He (should) have ك و ن
42 لَهُۥ lahu for Him
43 وَلَدٌ waladun a son و ل د
44 لَّهُۥ lahu To Him (belongs)
45 مَا ma whatever
46 فِى fee (is) in
47 السَّمَاوَات alssamawati the heavens س م و
48 وَمَا wama and whatever
49 فِى fee (is) in
50 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
51 وَكَفَىٰ wakafa And is sufficient ك ف ي
52 بِاللهِ biAllahi Allah أ ل ه
53 وَكِيلًا wakeelan (as) a Disposer of affairs و ك ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 172

لَّن يَسْتَنكِفَ ٱلْمَسِيحُ أَن يَكُونَ عَبْدًۭا لِّلَّهِ وَلَا ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ ٱلْمُقَرَّبُونَ ۚ وَمَن يَسْتَنكِفْ عَنْ عِبَادَتِهِۦ وَيَسْتَكْبِرْ فَسَيَحْشُرُهُمْ إِلَيْهِ جَمِيعًۭا.(172)

Never would the Messiah disdain to be a servant of Allāh, nor would the angels near [to Him]. And whoever disdains His worship and is arrogant - He will gather them to Himself all together. [An-Nisaa: 172]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 172

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Never would the Messiah disdain to be a servant of Allāh, nor would the angels near [to Him]. And whoever disdains His worship and is arrogant - He will gather them to Himself all together.

Transliteration

Ayah 172

Lan yastankifa almaseehu an yakoona AAabdan lillahi wala almalaikatu almuqarraboona waman yastankif AAan AAibadatihi wayastakbir fasayahshuruhum ilayhi jameeAAan

Word-by-word

Ayah 172

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّن Lan Never
2 يَسْتَنكِفَ yastankifa will disdain ن ك ف
3 الْمَسِيحُ almaseehu the Messiah
4 أَن an to
5 يَكُونَ yakoona be ك و ن
6 عَبْداً AAabdan a slave ع ب د
7 لِّلّٰهِ lillahi of Allah أ ل ه
8 وَلَا wala and not
9 الْمَلَآئِكَةُ almalaikatu the Angels م ل ك
10 الْمُقَرَّبُونَ almuqarraboona the ones who are near (to Allah) ق ر ب
11 وَمَن waman And whoever
12 يَسْتَنكِفْ yastankif disdains ن ك ف
13 عَنْ AAan from
14 عِبَادَتِهِۦ AAibadatihi His worship ع ب د
15 وَيَسْتَكْبِرْ wayastakbir and is arrogant ك ب ر
16 فَسَيَحْشُرُهُمْ fasayahshuruhum then He will gather them ح ش ر
17 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi towards Him
18 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all together ج م ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 173

فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ فَيُوَفِّيهِمْ أُجُورَهُمْ وَيَزِيدُهُم مِّن فَضْلِهِۦ ۖ وَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَنكَفُوا۟ وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ فَيُعَذِّبُهُمْ عَذَابًا أَلِيمًۭا وَلَا يَجِدُونَ لَهُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَلِيًّا وَلَا نَصِيرًۭا.(173)

And as for those who believed and did righteous deeds, He will give them in full their rewards and grant them extra from His bounty. But as for those who disdained and were arrogant, He will punish them with a painful punishment, and they will not find for themselves besides Allāh any protector or helper. [An-Nisaa: 173]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 173

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And as for those who believed and did righteous deeds, He will give them in full their rewards and grant them extra from His bounty. But as for those who disdained and were arrogant, He will punish them with a painful punishment, and they will not find for themselves besides Allāh any protector or helper.

Transliteration

Ayah 173

Faamma allatheena amanoo waAAamiloo alssalihati fayuwaffeehim ojoorahum wayazeeduhum min fadlihi waamma allatheena istankafoo waistakbaroo fayuAAaththibuhum AAathaban aleeman wala yajidoona lahum min dooni Allahi waliyyan wala naseeran

Word-by-word

Ayah 173

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأَمَّا Faamma Then as for
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believed أ م ن
4 وَعَمِلُواْ waAAamiloo and did ع م ل
5 الصَّالِحَاتِ alssalihati the righteous deeds ص ل ح
6 فَيُوَفِّيهِمْ fayuwaffeehim then He will give them in full و ف ي
7 أُجُورَهُمْ ojoorahum their reward أ ج ر
8 وَيَزِيدُهُم wayazeeduhum and give them more ز ي د
9 مِّن min from
10 فَضْلِهِۦ fadlihi His Bounty ف ض ل
11 وَأَمَّا waamma And as for
12 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
13 اسْتَنكَفُواْ istankafoo disdained ن ك ف
14 وَاسْتَكْبَرُواْ waistakbaroo and were arrogant ك ب ر
15 فَيُعَذِّبُهُمْ fayuAAaththibuhum then He will punish them ع ذ ب
16 عَذَابًا AAathaban (with) a punishment ع ذ ب
17 أَلُيمًا aleeman painful أ ل م
18 وَلَا wala and not
19 يَجِدُونَ yajidoona will they find و ج د
20 لَهُم lahum for themselves
21 مِّن min from
22 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
23 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
24 وَلِيًّا waliyyan any protector و ل ي
25 وَلَا wala and not
26 نَصِيرًا naseeran any helper ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 174

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ قَدْ جَآءَكُم بُرْهَٰنٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَأَنزَلْنَآ إِلَيْكُمْ نُورًۭا مُّبِينًۭا.(174)

O mankind, there has come to you a conclusive proof from your Lord, and We have sent down to you a clear light.1 [An-Nisaa: 174]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 174

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O mankind, there has come to you a conclusive proof from your Lord, and We have sent down to you a clear light.1

Transliteration

Ayah 174

Ya ayyuha alnnasu qad jaakum burhanun min rabbikum waanzalna ilaykum nooran mubeenan

Word-by-word

Ayah 174

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O
2 النَّاسُ alnnasu mankind! ن و س
3 قَدْ qad Surely
4 جَآءَكُم jaakum has come to you ج ي أ
5 بُرْهَانٌ burhanun a convincing proof ب ر ه ن
6 مِّن min from
7 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
8 وَأَنزَلْنَآ waanzalna and We (have) sent down ن ز ل
9 إِلَيْكُمْ ilaykum to you
10 نُورًا nooran a light ن و ر
11 مُّبِينًا mubeenan clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 175

فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱعْتَصَمُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَسَيُدْخِلُهُمْ فِى رَحْمَةٍۢ مِّنْهُ وَفَضْلٍۢ وَيَهْدِيهِمْ إِلَيْهِ صِرَٰطًۭا مُّسْتَقِيمًۭا.(175)

So those who believe in Allāh and hold fast to Him - He will admit them to mercy from Himself and bounty and guide them to Himself on a straight path. [An-Nisaa: 175]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 175

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So those who believe in Allāh and hold fast to Him - He will admit them to mercy from Himself and bounty and guide them to Himself on a straight path.

Transliteration

Ayah 175

Faamma allatheena amanoo biAllahi waiAAtasamoo bihi fasayudkhiluhum fee rahmatin minhu wafadlin wayahdeehim ilayhi siratan mustaqeeman

Word-by-word

Ayah 175

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأَمَّا Faamma So as for
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believed أ م ن
4 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
5 وَاعْتَصَمُواْ waiAAtasamoo and held fast ع ص م
6 بِهِۦ bihi to Him
7 فَسَيُدْخِلُهُمْ fasayudkhiluhum then He will admit them د خ ل
8 فِى fee in
9 رَحْمَةٍ rahmatin Mercy ر ح م
10 مِّنْهُ minhu from Himself
11 وَفَضْلٍ wafadlin and Bounty ف ض ل
12 وَيَهْدِيهِمْ wayahdeehim and will guide them ه د ي
13 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to Himself
14 صِرَاطًا siratan (on) a way ص ر ط
15 مُّسْتَقِيمًا mustaqeeman straight ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 176

يَسْتَفْتُونَكَ قُلِ ٱللَّهُ يُفْتِيكُمْ فِى ٱلْكَلَٰلَةِ ۚ إِنِ ٱمْرُؤٌا۟ هَلَكَ لَيْسَ لَهُۥ وَلَدٌۭ وَلَهُۥٓ أُخْتٌۭ فَلَهَا نِصْفُ مَا تَرَكَ ۚ وَهُوَ يَرِثُهَآ إِن لَّمْ يَكُن لَّهَا وَلَدٌۭ ۚ فَإِن كَانَتَا ٱثْنَتَيْنِ فَلَهُمَا ٱلثُّلُثَانِ مِمَّا تَرَكَ ۚ وَإِن كَانُوٓا۟ إِخْوَةًۭ رِّجَالًۭا وَنِسَآءًۭ فَلِلذَّكَرِ مِثْلُ حَظِّ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ ۗ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ أَن تَضِلُّوا۟ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌۢ.(176)

They request from you a [legal] ruling. Say, "Allāh gives you a ruling concerning one having neither descendants nor ascendants [as heirs]." If a man dies, leaving no child but [only] a sister, she will have half of what he left. And he inherits from her if she [dies and] has no child. But if there are two sisters [or more], they will have two thirds of what he left. If there are both brothers and sisters, the male will have the share of two females. Allāh makes clear to you [His law], lest you go astray. And Allāh is Knowing of all things. [An-Nisaa: 176]

Back to surah / Surah 004 · An-Nisaa / Ayah 176

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They request from you a [legal] ruling. Say, "Allāh gives you a ruling concerning one having neither descendants nor ascendants [as heirs]." If a man dies, leaving no child but [only] a sister, she will have half of what he left. And he inherits from her if she [dies and] has no child. But if there are two sisters [or more], they will have two thirds of what he left. If there are both brothers and sisters, the male will have the share of two females. Allāh makes clear to you [His law], lest you go astray. And Allāh is Knowing of all things.

Transliteration

Ayah 176

Yastaftoonaka quli Allahu yufteekum fee alkalalati ini imruon halaka laysa lahu waladun walahu okhtun falaha nisfu ma taraka wahuwa yarithuha in lam yakun laha waladun fain kanata ithnatayni falahuma alththuluthani mimma taraka wain kanoo ikhwatan rijalan wanisaan falilththakari mithlu haththi alonthayayni yubayyinu Allahu lakum an tadilloo waAllahu bikulli shayin AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 176

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَسْتَفْتُونَكَ Yastaftoonaka They seek your ruling ف ت ي
2 قُلِ quli Say ق و ل
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 يُفْتِيكُمْ yufteekum gives you a ruling ف ت ي
5 فِى fee concerning
6 الْكَلَالَةِ alkalalati the Kalala ك ل ل
7 إِنِ ini if
8 امْرُؤٌا imruon a man م ر أ
9 هَلَكَ halaka died ه ل ك
10 لَيْسَ laysa (and) not ل ي س
11 لَهُۥ lahu he has
12 وَلَدٌ waladun a child و ل د
13 وَلَهُۥٓ walahu and he has
14 أُخْتٌ okhtun a sister أ خ و
15 فَلَهَا falaha then for her
16 نِصْفُ nisfu (is) a half ن ص ف
17 مَا ma (of) what
18 تَرَكَ taraka he left ت ر ك
19 وَهُوَ wahuwa And he
20 يَرِثُهَآ yarithuha will inherit from her و ر ث
21 إِن in if
22 لَّمْ lam not
23 يَكُن yakun is ك و ن
24 لَّهَا laha for her
25 وَلَدٌ waladun a child و ل د
26 فَإِن fain But if
27 كَانَتَا kanata there were ك و ن
28 اثْنَتَيْنِ ithnatayni two females ث ن ي
29 فَلَهُمَا falahuma then for them
30 الثُّلُثَانِ alththuluthani two thirds ث ل ث
31 مِمَّا mimma of what
32 تَرَكَ taraka he left ت ر ك
33 وَإِن wain But if
34 كَانُوٓا kanoo they were ك و ن
35 إِخْوَةً ikhwatan brothers and sisters أ خ و
36 رِّجَالًا rijalan men ر ج ل
37 وَنِسَآءً wanisaan and women ن س و
38 فَلِلذَّكَرِ falilththakari then the male will have ذ ك ر
39 مِثْلُ mithlu like م ث ل
40 حَظِّ haththi share ح ظ ظ
41 الْأُنثَيَيْنِ alonthayayni (of) the two females أ ن ث
42 يُبَيِّنُ yubayyinu makes clear ب ي ن
43 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
44 لَكُمْ lakum to you
45 أَن an lest
46 تَضِلُّواْ tadilloo you go astray ض ل ل
47 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
48 بِكُلِّ bikulli of every ك ل ل
49 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
50 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knower ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Now Playing Ayah